A Comprehensive Bibliography of OBE

 

Over 2,000 references to the out-of-body experience, arranged by author

File size:  1,056 KB

 

 

Copyright © 2003 by Robert Bushman, compiler

Single copies of this file with copyright notice are permitted for non-commercial use.

 

 

A   B   C   D   E   F   G   H   I   J   K   L   M   N   O   P   Q   R   S   T   U   V   W   Y   Z

 

A

 

Abanes, Richard.  Letter:  on Mary Edwards’ review of Robert Selzer’s, Raising the dead.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 15(1):75-77 (Fall, 1996).

Abel, Robert. Case history: a nurse's OBE. Vital Signs, 5(3):11 (1985-86).

Aber, Mary Alling & Sara Thacker. The Logos fraternity. Taft, Applegate CA, 1904. [247p. Reprinted as Souls 1. Taft, Santa Cruz CA, 1990. Personal experiences]

Aber, Mary Alling & Sara Thacker. Souls 1. Taft, Santa Cruz CA, 1990. [247p. Originally published as The Logos fraternity in Applegate CA, 1904. Personal experiences]

Abrahams, G. Correspondence: An out-of-the-body experience combined with ESP. Journal of the Society for Psychical Research, 39(692):92-97 (1957).

Abramovitch, Henry.  An Israeli account of a near-death experience:  a case study of cultural dissonance.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 6(3):175-184 (Spring, 1988).

Acosta, Ikam.  Review of Robert Peterson, Out-of-body experiences:  how to have them and what to expect, Journal of Conscientiology, vol 2, no. 7 (Jan, 2000), International Academy of Conscientiology, New York.

Adams, Jay E.  Counseling, death and dying:  the doctrine of the future.  In his, More than redemption:  a theology of Christian counseling (pp. 297-300).  Baker Book House, Grand Rapids MI, 1979.

Adeny, Frances. Hope in reincarnation: Elisabeth Kübler-Ross and life after death. SCP Newsletter 8(5):1-4 (Aug-Sep, 1982).

Agee, Doris. Out of body. In her, Edgar Cayce on ESP, pp. 47-52. Castle, New York, 1969. [224p, edited by Hugh Lynn Cayce. Also published by Paperback Library, New York]

Agrippa of Nettesheim, Henry Cornelius. Three books of occult philosophy. Donald Tyson, ed., James Freake, translator. St. Paul NM: Llewellyn Publilcations, 1995. [lxxii + 938p, ill, gloss, bibl, index. 8 passing historical references]

Aiello. This world and the next one: (And there is a next one). Light Technology Publishing, Sedona AZ, 1993. [113p.]

Airaudi, Oberto.  Viaggio astrale.  Edizioni Horus, Turin, 1988.  [Italian]

Aivanhov, Omraam Mickael. Astral projection while asleep. In his, Looking into the invisible (pp. 175-188). [2nd ed.] Prosveta; Frejus Cedex, France, 1991. [217p]

Ajamila. Second Chance:  The story of a near-death experience. Bhaktivedanta Book Trust, 1992.

Aksakof, A. Animisme et spiritisme. P. G. Leymarie, Paris, 1985. [French. Originally published in German.]

Albert, David Bruce. Event horizons of the psyche: Synchronicity, psychedelics, and the metaphsyics of consciousness. 1993.

Albrecht, Mark and Brooks Alexander.  Thanatology:  death and dying.  Journal of the Spiritual Counterfeits Project, April, 1977, pp. 5-11.  [Reprinted in Journal of Pastoral Practice, 2(2):139-150 (1978).

Albritton, Clarice. Beyond the lighthouse. DeVorss, Marina del Rey CA, 1977. [144p. Personal experience]

Alcock, James E.  Pseudoscience and the soul.  Essence, 5(1):65-76 (1981).

Alcock, James E.  Psychology and near-death experiences.  The Sceptical Inquirer,  3(3):25-41 (Spring, 1979).

Alcock, James E. Review of Susan J. Blackmore, Beyond the Body. The Skeptical Inquirer, 8:74-77 (Fall 1983).

Ald, Roy.  The case for an afterlife.  Lancer Books, New York, 1968.  [191p]

Ald, R. The man who took trips. Delacorte Press, New York, 1971.

Alegretti, Wagner. Extraphysical lucidity: In search of the time lost during sleep. International Institute of Projectiology, Rio de Janeiro, 1992. [8p]

Alegretti, Wagner. How to get out of the birth/death treadmill. International Institute of Projectiology, Rio de Janeiro, 1992. [21p]

Alegretti, Wagner. You outside your body. International Institute of Projectiology, Rio de Janeiro, 1992. [15p]

Alegretti, Wagner & Rosalia Monteiro. Introduction to projectiology. International Institute of Projectiology, Rio de Janeiro, nd.

Alexander, Arlene. Astral meditations: Out-of-body explorations. [audio tape]

Alexander, C.  The real inner secrets of psychology, vol V:  astral-plane phenomena.  C Alexander Publishing, Los Angeles, 1924.  [191p]

Alexander, John B., R. Groller, & J. Morris. The warrior's edge, pp. 151-152. Morrow, New York, 1990.

Alexander, Robert. A psychical experience. Regency Press, London, 1970.

Almeder, Robert.  Out-of-body experiences.  Chap 3 in his, Beyond Death: evidence for Life After Death (pp. 41-53). Charles C. Thomas, Springfield IL, 1987. [xv, 100p, notes, index]

Alnor, William M. Heaven can't wait: a survey of alleged trips to the other side. Baker Book House, Grand Rapids MI, 1996.

Alschuler, Alfred S.  Near-death prophecies of disaster and the new age:  are they true?  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 14(3):159-178 (Spring, 1996).

Alvarado, Carlos S. ESP and out-of-the-body experiences: A spontaneous case survey. Unpublished master's thesis. John F. Kennedy University, Orinda CA, 1981.

Alvarado, Carlos S. ESP and out-of-body experiences: A review of spontaneous studies. Parapsychology Review, 14(4):11-13 (Jul-Aug 1983).

Alvarado, Carlos S. ESP during out-of-body experiences: A review of experimental studies. Journal of Parapsychology, 46(3):209-230 (1982).

Alvarado, Carlos S. ESP during spontaneous out-of-body experiences: An attempted analysis. Research Letter, Parapsychology Laboratory, University of Utrecht, ca 1983.

Alvarado, Carlos S. ESP during spontaneous out-of-body experiences: A research and methodological note. Journal of the Society for Psychical Research, 53(804):393-396 (Jul 1986).

Alvarado, Carlos S. Le esperienze fuori dal corpo: Ipotesi e ricerca. In P. Giovetti (Ed.), L'Uomo e il Mistero: Il Mondo della Ricerca Psichica (pp. 24-30). Mediterranee, Rome, 1995. [Out-of-body experiences: Hypotheses and research; Italian]

Alvarado, Carlos S. La experiencia fuera del cuerpo en Brasil: Comentarios sobre el trabajo de J.F. Brelaz de Castro. Revista Argentina de Psicología Paranormal, 9:129-135 (1998). [Out-of-body experiences in Brazil: Comments on the work of J.F. Brelaz de Castro, in Spanish]

Alvarado, Carlos S. Experiencias ecsomáticas: Revisión de la evidencia experimental moderna. Psi Comunicación, 2:7-17 (1976). [Spanish]

Alvarado, Carlos S. Mapping the characteristics of out-of-body experiences. Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, 91:13-30 (1997).

Alvarado, Carlos S. Notes on Phantasms of the Living. Parapsychology Review, 18(2):9-12 (Mar-Apr 1987).

Alvarado, Carlos S. Onset and terminal sensations in out-of-body experiences. Journal of Psychology, 128(6):701-702 (Nov 1994).

Alvarado, Carlos S. Out-of-body experiences. In E. Cardeña, S.J. Lynn, and S. Krippner (Eds.), The varieties of anomalous experiences. American Psychological Association, Washington DC, in press.

Alvarado, Carlos S. Phenomenological aspects of out-of-body experiences: A report of three studies. Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, 78(3):219-240 (Jul 1984).

Alvarado, Carlos S. Phenomenological differences between natural and enforced out-of-body experiences: A reanalysis of Crookall's findings. Theta, 9(4):10-11 (Autumn 1981).

Alvarado, Carlos S. Phenomenological differences between "natural" and "enforced" out-of-body experiences: A spontaneous case survey. [summary]. In W.G. Roll, R.L. Morris, & J.P. Morris (Eds.), Research in Parapsychology 1981 (pp. 190-191). Scarecrow Press, Metuchen NJ, 1982.

Alvarado, Carlos S. The psychological approach to out-of-body experiences: A review of early and modern developments. Journal of Psychology, 126:237-250 (1992). [103 refs]

Alvarado, Carlos S. The physical detection of the astral body: An historical perspective. Theta, 8(2):4-7 (1980).

Alvarado, Carlos S. Recent OBE detection studies: A review. Theta, 10(2):35-37 (Summer 1982).

Alvarado, Carlos S. Recientes estudios y tendencias en la investigación de las experiencias fuera del cuerpo. Revista Argentina de Psicología Paranormal, 6:5-14 (1995). [Recent studies and trends in research on out-of-body experiences, in Spanish]

Alvarado, Carlos S. Research on spontaneous out-of-body experiences: A review of modern developments, 1960-1984. In B[etty] Shapin & L[isette] Coly (Eds.), Current Trends in Psi Research: Proceedings of an International Conference held in New Orleans, Louisiana, August 13-14, 1984 (pp. 140-167; discussion pp. 167-174). Parapsychology Foundation, New York, 1986. [13 notes; 83 refs]

Alvarado, Carlos S.  Review of Bruce Greyson’s and Charles P. Flynn’s [Eds.], The Near-Death Experience:  Problems, Prospects, Perspectives.  Journal of Nervous and Mental disease, 174(7):434-435 (July, 1986).

Alvarado, Carlos S.  Review of Harvey J. Irwin, Flight of mind: A psychological study of the out-of-body experience. Journal of Near-Death Studies, 6:61-66 (1987).

Alvarado, Carlos S.  Review of: Janet Lee Mitchell, Out-of-body experiences. Journal of Parapsychology, 46:65-69 (1982).

Alvarado, Carlos S.  Review of Margot Grey’s Return from Death.  Journal of Parapsychology, 51(2):176-180 (June, 1987).

Alvarado, Carlos S.  Review of: Susan J. Blackmore, Beyond the body: An investigation of out-of-the-body experiences. Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, 78:75-81 (1984).

Alvarado, Carlos S. Review of Susan J. Blackmore, Parapsychology and out-of-the-body experiences, Journal of Parapsychology, 44:279-282 (1980).

Alvarado, Carlos S. Trends in the study of out-of-body experiences: An overview of developments since the nineteenth century. Journal of Scientific Exploration, 3(1):27-42 (1989). [175 refs]

Alvarado, Carlos S. and NL Zingrone. Factors affecting the frequency of features of out-of-body experiences. Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, in press.

Alvarado, Carlos S. and NL Zingrone. Factors Related to the Depth of Near-Death Experiences: Testing the "Embellishment Over Time" Hypothesis. Imagination, Cognition and Personality, 17:339-344 (1997).

Alvarado, Carlos S. and NL Zingrone. Out-of-body experiences among readers of a Spanish New Age Magazine. Journal of the Society for Psychical Research, 63:65-85 (1999).

Alvarado, Carlos S. and NL Zingrone. Out-of-body experiences and sensations of "shocks" to the body. Journal of the Society for Psychical Research, 61:304-313 (1997).

Alvarado, Carlos S. and NL Zingrone. Relación entre la experiencia fuera del cuerpo y la absorción: Estudios con participantes Puertorriqueños y Norteamericanos. Revista Argentina de Psicología Paranormal, 8:249-261 (1997). [Relationship between out-of-body experiences and absorption: Studies with Puerto Rican and North American participants, in Spanish]

Alvarado, Carlos S. and NL Zingrone. A study of the features of out-of-body experiences in relation to Sylvan Muldoon's claims. European Journal of Parapsychology. 14:89-99 (1998).

Alvarado, Carlos S., NL Zingrone, and KS Dalton. Out-of-body experiences, alterations of consciousness and the Five-Factor Model of personality. Imagination, Cognition and Personality, in press.

Alvery, Robert. Out of the body experiences. Regency Press, London and New York, 1975. [118 p]

Anand, B.K., Chhina, G.S. & Singh, B. Some aspects of electroencephalographic studies in yogis. Electroencephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology, 13:452-465 (1961).

Anderson, Linda C.  35 Golden keys to who you are and why you're here.  Eckankar, Minneapolis MN, 1997.  [456p]

Anderson, Rodger I.  Current trends in survival research.  Parapsychology Review, 16(6):12-15 (July-Aug, 1985).

Anderson, Rodger I.  Life after death:  the new evidence, part 1.  Fate, 39:84-91 (Aug, 1986).

Anderson, Rodger I. Review of Harvey J. Irwin, Flight of mind: A psychological study of the out-of-body experience. Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, 81:303-308 (1987).

Ankerberg, John and John Weldon. Facts on life after death. Harvest House Pub, Eugene OR, 1992.

Ankerberg, John and John Weldon. The facts on near-death experences. Harvest House Pub, Eugene OR, 1996.

Aparicio, Marisela.  Bioenergetic self-experimentation, Journal of Conscientiology, vol 4, no. 13 (July, 2001), International Academy of Conscientiology, New York.  [author’s OBE]

Aparício, Marisela.  Review of Michael Newton, Journey of souls:  case studies of life between lives, Journal of Conscientiology, vol 2, no. 5 (July, 1999), International Academy of Conscientiology, New York.

Appleby, Louis.  Near-death experience:  analogous to other stress-induced psychological phenomena.  British Medical Journal, 298:976-977 (April 15, 1989).

Appleton, Victor. The astral fortress. Wanderer Books, New York NY, 1981. [191 p, fiction]

Aranyi, Steve. Lessons for beginners on out of body experiences. 71777.3335@compuserve.com, 1995.

Arguelles, Jose. Surfers of the Zuvuya: Tales of interdimensional. Bear & Co, Santa Fe NM, 1989. [170 p]

Armstrong, Neville.  Harvest of light:  approaches to the paranormal.  Neville Spearman, London, 1976.  [Collection of articles in "Light", organ of the College of Psychic Studies by various contributors on paranormal phenomena, inc. murder, sex, reincarnation, flower essences, dreams, healing, etc. 

Arnette, J. Kenneth.  The theory of essence. II.  An electromagnetic-quantum mechanical model of interactionism.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 14(2):77-100 (Winter, 1995).

Arnold, Timothy.  An introduction to Akatha: the venerable science of sahaji.  Akatha, Chadds Ford PA, 1996.

Ashcroft-Nowicki, Dolores.  Highways of the mind:  the art and history of pathworking.  Thoth Publications, 1987.

Ashcroft-Nowicki, Dolores. The Astral Projection. 1987. [224 p, illus, bibl, index]

Ashcroft-Nowicki, Dolores with Ashcroft-Nowicki, Tamara.  Initiate's book of pathworkings:  a bridge of dreams.  Samuel Weiser, York Beach ME, 1999.

Ashcroft-Nowicki, Dolores and JH Brennan.  Magical use of thought forms. Llewellyn Publications, St Paul MN, 2001.

Asimov, Isaac.  The subtlest difference.  In George O. Abell and Barry Singer [Eds.], Science and the paranormal:  probing the existence of the supernatural (pp. 149-158).  Charles Scribner's Sons, New York, 1981.

Asociacion Flor de Mayo. The Astral Projection. Albuquerque NM, nd.

Association for Research and Enlightenment. Out-of-body experiences. In its, Psychic awareness (pp. 366-373). ARE, Virginia Beach VA, 1979. [400p, index. Personal experiences of Edgar Cayce]

Atkinson, William Walker.  Practical psychomancy and crystal gazing:  psychic phenomena of distant sensing.  Advanced Thought Publishing, Chicago, 1908.

Atwater, F. Holmes.  Captain of my ship, master of my soul.  Hampton Roads Publishing, Charlottesville VA, 2001.  [226p, index, CD-ROM]

Atwater, P[hyllis] M.H. Beyond the light: what isn't being said about near-death experience. Carol Pub. Group, Birch Lane Press, New Yorkm, 1994. [296p]

For review, see:  Pearce, Joseph Chilton.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 14(1):61-70 (Fall, 1995).

Atwater, P[hyllis] M.H.  A call to reconsider the field of near-death studies.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 14(1):5-16 (Fall, 1995).

Atwater, P[hyllis] M.H.  Children and the near-death phenomenon:  another viewpoint.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 15(1):5-16 (Fall, 1996).

Atwater, P[hyllis] M.H. Children of the new millennium : children's near-death experiences and the evolution of humankind. Three Rivers Press, New York, 1999.

Atwater, P[hyllis] M.H. Coming back to life:  the aftereffects of the near-death experience. Ballantine Books, New York, 1988. [ix, 243p. Introduction by Kenneth Ring.  Also published by Dodd, Mead & Co.]

For review, see:  Bush, Nancy Evans.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 7(2):121-128 (Winter, 1988).

Atwater, P[hyllis] M.H.  Is there a hell?  Surprising observations about the near-death experience.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 10(3):149-160 (Spring, 1992).

D'Assier, A. Posthumous humanity: A study of phantoms. George Redway, London, 1887. [originally published in French, 1883]

Audette, John R. Historical perspectives on near-death episodes and esperiences.  In A collection of near-death research readings (pp. 21-43). Nelson-Hall, Chicago, 1982.

Auerbach, Loyd. Psychic dreaming: A parapsychologist's handbook. Warner Books, New York, 1991.

Austin, Phyllis.  A brush with death:  injured in a freak accident, a skier confronts the other side of life.  Washington Post, Health section, April 19, 1988, p 9.

Axelrod, Benjamin.  Pastoral implications of Life After Life. Soul Searcher: Quarterly Journal of Christian Psychic Research, 1(3):11-14 (Spring, 1978).

Ayala Vallejos, Freddy. Astral. Editorial Serrano, Cochabamba, Bolivia, 1993. [86 p, ill, in Spanish]

Ayer, A.J.  Postscript to a postmortem.  The Spectator, 261(8362):12-14 (Oct 15, 1988).

Ayer, A.J.  What I saw when I was dead.  National Review, 40(20):38-40 (Oct 14, 1988).

 

B

Bache, Christopher M.  Expanding Grof’s concept of the perinatal:  deepening the inquiry into frightening near-death experiences.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 15(2):115-140 (Winter, 1996).

Backman, A. Experiments in clairvoyance. Proceedings of the Society for Psychical Research, 7:199-220 (1891).

Badham, Paul.  Death-bed visions and Christian hope.  Theology, 83:269-275 (July, 1980).

Badham, Paul and Linda.  The evidence from near-death experiences.  Chap 5 in their Immortality or extinction? (pp. 71-89). Barnes & Noble, Totowa NJ, 1982.

Bailey, Lee Worth and Jenny L. Yates [Eds.]. The near-death experience: a reader. Routledge, New York, 1996.

Baird, A.T.  One Hundred Cases for Survival after Death.  Bernard Ackerman, New York, 1944.  [224p]

Baker, Douglas M. Practical techniques of astral projection. Aquarian Press, Wellingborough, Northamptonshire, England, 1977. [96p, illus]

Baker, James.  Introduction to the principles and practice of pneumatology:  a suitable scientific nomenclature descriptive of phases and incidents that occur in astral projection.  1952.

Balcombe, Betty F. Out-of-body travel. In her, Everybody's guide for using psychic ability (pp. 131-136). Samuel Weiser, York Beach ME, 1988. [190p, index. General discussion; induction methodology]

Baldick, Robert. The life of J. K. Huysmans. Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1955.

Ballabene, Alfred. Intentions and imaginations triggering OBE'S. http://mailbox.univie.ac.at/~a8424mae/english/alfred3.htm, 1996.

Banks, F. Out-of-the-body experiences. In her, Frontiers of revelation pp. 107-121. Max Parrish, London, 1962.

Banks, Frances.  Frontiers of revelation:  an empirical study in the psychology of psychic and spiritual experience.  Max Parrish, London, 1962.  [viii, 232p. Survey data from 200 respondents to a questionnaire on psychical and religious experience]

Bardens, Dennis. Lonely as a cloud. In his, Mysterious worlds: A personal investigation of the weird, the uncanny, and the unexplained pp. 160-188). Cowles Book, New York, 1970. [xvi, 239p, index]

Bardens, Dennis.  Mysterious worlds.  Cowles, New York, 1970.

Barham, Allan. Strange to relate. New Horizon, Sussex UK, 1980. [141p, bibl, index]

Barham, Martha Josephine & Greene, James Thomas. The silver cord: Lifeline to the unobstructed. DeVorss & Co, Marina del Rey CA, 1986. [199p, bibl, notes]

Barker, Elsa.  Letters from a living dead man.  Rider, London, 1914.  [Re-published as Letters from the light:  an afterlife journal from the self-lighted world, Beyond Words Publishing, Hillsboro OR, 1995.]

Barker, Elsa.  [Kathy Hart, ed]  Letters from the light:  an afterlife journal from the self-lighted world.  Beyond Words Publishing, Hillsboro OR, 1995.  [Originally published as Letters from a living dead man, Rider, London, 1914.]

Barnett, Linda.  Hospice nurses’ knowledge and attitudes toward the near-death experience.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 9(4):225-232 (Summer, 1991).

Baron, E. Astral travel: A spiritual experience. [audio tape]

Barrett, Marvin.  A kind of dying.  New Yorker, 63:40-43 (Oct 12, 1987).

Barrett, W.F. On some phenomena associated with abnormal conditions of mind. Proceedings of the Society for Psychical Research, 1:238-244 (1883).

Barron, F.; M.E. Jarvik & S. Bunnell. Hallucinogenic drugs. Scientific American, April, 1964.

Barth, E. H. Ellen Dawson's clairvoyance. Zoist, 7:95-101 (1849).

Barton, Winifred G. Meditation and astral projection. Psi Science Productions, Ottawa, 1974. [170p, illus]

Basford, Terry K. Near death experiences:  annotated bibliography. Garland, New York, 1990. [182p]

Bassior, Jean-Noel. Astral travel. New Age Journal, 5(6):44 ff. (Nov/Dec 1988). [2 illus] [description of the Monroe Institute]

Basterfield, Keith.  Australian questionnaire survey of NDE’s.  Letter in Journal of Near-Death Studies, 6(3):199-201 (Spring, 1988).

Bates, Brian C. and Adrian Stanley.  The epidemiology and differential diagnosis of near-death experience.  American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 55(4):542-549 (Oct, 1985).

Batey, Boyce. Review of D. Scott Rogo, Leaving the body: A complete guide to astral projection. Vital Signs, 3(2):19 (1983).

Batey, Boyce.  Review of Kenneth Ring's Life at death.  Journal of the Academy of Religion and Psychical Research, 3(3):235-236 (July, 1980).

Battersby, Henry Francis Prevost. Man outside himself: The methods of astral projection. Rider, London, 1942. [xii, 102p, bibl. Also published by University Books, New Hyde Park NY, 1969; and by Carol Publishing Group, 1979. Introduction to American edition by Leslie Shepard.]

For review, see: Collins, B. A. Psychic Science, 21:74 (1942).

Bauer, Martin.  Near-death experiences and attitude change.  Anabiosis, 5(1):39-47 (Spring, 1985).

Baumann, Elwood D. They travel outside their bodies: The phenomenon of astral projection. Watts, New York, 1980. [117p, illus, bibl, index]

Baxter, Marla. My Saturnian lover. Vantage Press, New York, ca 1958.

Baum, Thomas.  Out Of Body.  St Martin's Press, New York, 1997. [214p.  Fiction.  Denton Hake has just been paroled from prison for a rape he has no memory of committing. Moving in with his reluctant brother and sexually restless sister-in-law, he tries to rebuild his life while surrounded by a distrusting community. At the same time, he begins to experience terrifying and bizarre memory lapses during which he seems to travel outside his body to see events happening to other people in other places.]

Bayless, Raymond. Animals and astral projection. In his, Animal ghosts (pp. 70-73). University Books, New Hyde Park NY, 1970.

Bayless, Raymond. The other side of death:  is survival of death possible?  University Books, New Hyde Park NY, 1971. [191p. Foreword by Robert Crookall.]

Bazett, L. Margery. Beyond the Five Senses. J.B. Lippincott Co, New York, 1957. [384p. Also published by Gordon Press, 1972]

Beaufort, Francis.  Letter "To Dr. W. Hyde Wollaston." In An autobiographical memoir of Sir John Barrow (pp. 398-403).  John Murray, London, 1847.

Bechtel, Lori J., Alex Chen, Richard A. Pierce, and Barbara A. Walker.  Assessment of clergy knowledge and attitudes toward near-death experiences.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 10(3):161-170 (Spring, 1992).

Becker, Carl B.  The centrality of near-death experiences in Chinese Pure Land Buddhism.  Anabiosis, 1(2):154-171 (Dec, 1981).

Becker, Carl [B].  The failure of Saganomics:  why birth models cannot explain near-death phenomena.  Anabiosis, 2(2):102-109 (Dec, 1982). [Reprinted in Bruce Greyson and Charles P. Flynn [Eds.], The Near-Death Experience:  Problems, Prospects, Perspectives (pp. 154-162).  Charles C. Thomas, Springfield IL, 1984.]

Becker, Carl B.  On the objectivity of near-death experiences.  Journal of Religion and Psychical Research, 7:66-74 (April, 1984).

Becker, Carl B.  Out of their bodies or out of their minds? On the extrasomaticity of OBE's, Parts I and II. Journal of Religion and Psychical Research, 6:3-22, 86-93 (1983).

Becker, Carl B.  Over my dead body there is an ideal utopia:  comments on Kellehear’s paper.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 10(2):97-106 (Winter, 1991).

Becker, Carl B.  Paranormal experience and survival of death. State University of New York Press, Albany NY, 1993. [257p. In SUNY Series In Western Esoteric Traditions]

Becker, Carl B.  A philosopher’s view of near-death research.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 14(1):17-28 (Fall, 1995).

Becker, Carl B.  The Pure Land revisited:  Sino-Japanese meditations and near-death experiences of the next world.  Anabiosis, 4(1):51-68 (Spring, 1984).

Becker, Carl B.  Religious visions:  experiential grounds for the Pure Land tradition.  Eastern Buddhist, 17:138-153 (Spring, 1984).

Becker, Carl B.  Survival:  death and afterlife in Christianity, Buddhism, and modern science.  PhD thesis, University of Hawaii, 1981. [xii, 609p]

Becker, Carl B. Views from Tibet:  NDE’s and the Book of the Dead.  Anabiosis, 5(1):3-20 (1985).

Beckwith, Gary.  Brother Gary's 6 easy steps to lucid dreaming. http://www.lava.net/~goodin/articles/beck1.html, 1993.

Becker, E. The denial of death. The Free Press, New York, 1973.

Bell, Art and Brad Steiger.  The source:  journey through the unexplained.  Paper Chase Press, New Orleans LA, 1999.

Beloff, J. On the acronym for out-of-the-body experience. Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, 68(2):224 (Apr 1974).

Bendit, Lawrence J[ohn] & Bendit, Phoebe D[aphne] Payne. The etheric body of man: The bridge of consciousness. Theosophical Publishing House, Wheaton IL, 1977. [127p. First published in 1957 as Man Incarnate.]

Bennett, Alfred Gordon.  Focus on the unknown.  Library Publishers, New York, 1954. [260p, illus.  General psi]

Bennett, Rita. To heaven & back: true stories of those who have made the journey. Zondervan Pub. House, Grand Rapids MI, 1997. [208p]

Benor, Daniel J.  “Out-of-body experiences,” in his, Healing research, volume III - science, spirit and the eternal soul.  [seeking publisher.  Research on NDE, OBE, spirit survival, reincarnation, spiritual awareness]

Benson, Arthur Christopher. Child of the dawn: a journey from death to rebirth. Logo Press, Jean NV, 1994.

Benton, Richard. G.  Afterlife experiences.  In his, Death and dying:  principles and practices in patient care (pp. 64-74).  Van Nostrand Reinhold, New York, 1978.

Berger, Arthur S. Evidence of life after death: A casebook for the tough minded. Charles C. Thomas, Springfield IL, 1988.

Berger, Arthur S. and Joyce Berger. Fear of the unknown: enlightened aid-in-dying. Praeger, Westport CT, 1995.

Berman, Belief in afterlife, religion, religiosity and life-threatening experience.  Omega: The Journal of Death and Dying, 5(2):127-135 (1974).

Berman, Phillip L. The journey home: what near-death experiences and mysticism teach us about the gift of life. Pocket Books, New York, 1996. [207p]

Bernardi, S. Shamanism and parapsychology. In B. Shapin & L. Coly (Eds.), Parapsychology, Philosophy and Religious Concepts: Proceedings of an International Conference held in Rome, Italy, August 23-24, 1985 (pp. 41-50; discussion pp. 50-54). Parapsychology Foundation, New York, 1987.

Besant, Annie. The Devachanic Plane. Theosophical Publishing House, London, ca 1895.

Besant, Annie. Man and his bodies. Theosophical Publishing House, London, 1911.

Besant, Annie. Man's life in this and other worlds. Theosophical Publishing House, Adyar, 1913.

Besant, Annie. A Study In Consciousness: A contribution to the science of psychology. Theosophical Publishing House, Madras, ca 1907.

Bethards, Betty. There is no death. Inner Light Foundation, Petaluma CA, 1988.

Bexton, W. H., Heron, W. & Scott, T. H. Effects of decreased variation in the sensory environment. Canadian Journal of Psychology, 8:70-76 (1954).

Bhaktivedanta (see Prabhupada)

Bhowmick, B.K. Recurrent near-death experience with post-vagotomy syndrome. J R Soc Med (May, 1991).

Biagi, Carlo.  Volare con l’anima. Rizzoli, Milan, 1991.  [Italian]

de Biaso, Francisco. Despertar para nova dimensão [Awaken to a new dimension.]. Instituto Internacional de Projeciologia e Conscienciologia, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, 1996. [118 pp. Portuguese]

Biamonte, Edgar. The separation. In his, Window of eternity (pp. 11-25). Ashley Books, Port Washington NY, 1984. [147p, bibl. Personal experience]

Bicknell, Peter. Out-of-body experiences: An Australian study. Australian Institute of Psychic Research (AIPR) Bulletin, No. 12, 3-6 (Feb 1988).

Blacher, Richard S.  Reply to Michael Sabom.  JAMA:  The Journal of the American Medical Association, 244(1):30 (July 4, 1980).

Blacher, Richard S.  To sleep, perchance to dream... JAMA: The Journal of the American Medical Asociation, 242(21):2291 (Nov 23, 1979).

Black, David. Ekstacy: Out-of-the-body experiences [sic.]. Bobbs-Merrill, New York, 1975. [Also published by Macmillian. A reporter's perspective on contemporary OBE research and those involved. 243p, illus, bibl, index]

For review, see: Rogo, D. Scott. Parapsychology Review, 6(6):12-14 (Nov-Dec 1975).

Black, D. Psychoanalytic and psychophysiological theories about out-of-body experience. In D.S. Rogo (Ed.), Mind Beyond the Body: The Mystery of ESP Projection (pp. 323-337). Penquin, New York, 1978.

Black Elk. Black Elk speaks. nd.

Blacker, Carmen. The catalpa bow: A study of shamanistic practices in Japan. George Allen & Unwin, London, 1975. [376p, illus, index]

Blackmore, Susan [J]. The adventures of a parapsychologist (pp. 160-198). Prometheus Press, Buffalo NY, 1986. [249p, bibl.]

Blackmore, Susan J. Are out-of-body experiences evidence for survival? Anabiosis: The Journal for Near-Death Studies, 3(2):137-155 (1983).

See also: Cook, Emily Williams. Correspondence: Are out-of-body experiences evidence for survival? Anabiosis: The Journal for Near-Death Studies, 4:167-169 (1984).

Blackmore, Susan J. Correspondence: Reply to Cook on whether out-of-body experiences are evidence for survival. Anabiosis: The Journal for Near-Death Studies, 4:169-171 (1984).

Krishnan, V. Correspondence: Are out-of-body experiences evidence for survival? Anabiosis: The Journal for Near-Death Studies, 5:76-79 (1985).

Blackmore, Susan J. Correspondence: Reply to Krishnan on whether out-of-body experiences are evidence for survival. Anabiosis: The Journal for Near-Death Studies, 5:79-82 (1985).

Blackmore, Susan J. Beyond the body: An investigation of out-of-the-body experiences. Heinemann, London, 1982. [xv, 271p, illus, ref notes, bibl, index.  Published on behalf of the Society for Psychical Research. Also published by Paladin Grafton Books, London, 1983; and by Granada. Edition with new postscript: Academy Chicago Publishers, Chicago, 1992]

For reviews, see: Alcock, James E. The Skeptical Inquirer, 8(1):74-77 (Fall 1983).

Alvarado, Carlos S. Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, 78:75-81 (1984).

Cook, Emily Williams. Anabiosis: The Journal for Near-Death Studies, 4:97-104 (1984).

Cook, Emily Williams. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 173(1):62-63 (1985).

Irwin, Harvey J. Journal of the Society for Psychical Research, 52:73-77 (1983).

Mitchell, Janet. Journal of Parapsychology, 47:260-263 (1983).

Schlitz, Marilyn. Parapsychology Review, 15(6):13-14 (1984).

Blackmore, Susan J. Birth and the OBE: An unhelpful analogy. Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, 77:229-238 (1983).

Blackmore, Susan J. Correspondence: On the extrasomatic localization of OB projections. Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, 75:365-366 (1981).

See also: Osis, K. & McCormick, D. Correspondence: The authors reply to S.J. Blackmore on the extrasomatic localization of out-of-body projection. Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, 75:368-370 (1981).

Blackmore, Susan J. Correspondence: Reply to Cook on whether out-of-body experiences are evidence for survival. Anabiosis: The Journal for Near-Death Studies, 4:169-171 (1984).

Blackmore, Susan J. Correspondence: Reply to Krishnan on whether out-of-body experiences are evidence for survival. Anabiosis: The Journal for Near-Death Studies, 5:79-82 (1985).

Blackmore, Susan [J].  Dying to live:  science and the near-death experience.  Grafton/HarperCollins, London, 1993.

For review, see:  Ring, Kenneth.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 14(2): (Winter, 1995).

Blackmore, Susan J. Experiencias fora do Corpo: Uma Investigacao. Editora Pensamento, Sao Paulo, Brazil. [Portuguese translation of Beyond the Body.]

Blackmore, Susan J. Have you ever had an OBE? The wording of the question. Journal of the Society for Psychical Research, 51(791):292-302 (1982).

Blackmore, Susan J. Imagery and the OBE. In W.G. Roll, J. Beloff, & R.A. White (Eds.), Research in Parapsychology 1982 (pp. 231-232). Scarecrow Press, Metuchen NJ, 1983.

Blackmore, Susan J. Lucid dreaming: Awake in your sleep? Skeptical Inquirer, 15:362-370 (1991).

Blackmore, Susan J.  OBEs and sleep paralysis.  Paper presented at 23rd International Conference of the Society for Psychical Research, 1999.

Blackmore, Susan J. Out-of-body experiences. In G. Stein (Ed.), Encyclopedia of the paranormal (pp. 471-483). Prometheus, Buffalo NY, 1996.

Blackmore, Susan J. Out-of-body experiences in schizophrenia: A questionnaire survey. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 174(10):615-619 (Oct 1986). [15 refs, 2 tables]

Blackmore, Susan J. Out-of-body experiences, lucid dreams, and imagery: Two surveys. Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, 76(4):301-317 (Oct 1982).

Blackmore, Susan J. Out-of-the-body. In R. Basil (Ed.), Not necessarily the new age: Critical essays (pp. 165-184). Prometheus, New York, 1988.

Blackmore, Susan J. Out-of-the-body experience. In R.L. Gregory (Ed.), The Oxford companion to the mind (pp. 571-573). Oxford University Press, Oxford, England, 1987.

Blackmore, S[usan] J. Out-of-the-body experiences. In I. Grattan-Guinness (Ed.), Psychical Research: A Guide to its History, Principles and Practices (pp. 78-89). Aquarian Press, Wellingborough, Northamptonshire, England, 1982.

Blackmore, Susan J. Parapsychology and out-of-the-body experiences: Some conclusive arguments about a modern problem. Society for Psychical Research, London, 1978. [pamphlet, 33p. Also published by Transpersonal Books, East Sussex and Hove UK, 1978]

For review, see: Alvarado, Carlos S. Journal of Parapsychology, 44:279-282 (1980).

Blackmore, Susan J. Parapsychology: With or without the OBE? Parapsychology Review, 13(6):1-7 (1982).

Blackmore, Susan J. Parapsychology-with or without the OBE? In B. Shapin & L. Coly (Eds.), Parapsychology's Second Century: Proceedings of an International Conference held in London, England, August 13-14, 1982 (pp. 77-90; discussion pp. 90-98). Parapsychology Foundation, New York, 1983.

Blackmore, Susan J. A postal survey of OBEs and other experiences. Journal of the Society for Psychical Research, 52(796):225-244 (Feb 1984).

Blackmore, Susan J. A psychological theory of the out-of-body experience. Journal of Parapsychology, 48(3):201-218 (Sep 1984).

Blackmore, Susan.  Review of Bruce Greyson’s and Charles P. Flynn’s [Eds.], The Near-Death Experience:  Problems, Prospects, Perspectives.  Journal of Parapsychology, 49(3):265-270 (Sept, 1985).

Blackmore, Susan J. Review of: C.R. Lundahl, A collection of near-death research readings. Journal of the Society for Psychical Research, 52:215-217 (1983).

Blackmore, Susan J. Review of: D. Scott Rogo, Leaving the body: A practical guide to astral projection. Journal of the Society for Psychical Research, 52(797):316-318 (Jun 1984).

Blackmore, Susan J. Review of: Glen O. Gabbard & Stuart W. Twemlow, With the eyes of the mind: An empirical analysis of out-of-body states. Journal of the Society for Psychical Research, 53(801):188-192 (Oct 1985).

Blackmore, Susan J. Review of: Janet Lee Mitchell, Out-of-body experiences. Journal of the Society for Psychical Research, 51(792):387-389 (1982).

Blackmore, Susan J. Spontaneous and deliberate OBEs: A questionnaire survey. Journal of the Society for Psychical Research, 53:218-224 (Jan 1986).

Blackmore, Susan J. A survey of OBEs. In W.G. Roll & J. Beloff (Eds.), & J. McAllister (Asst. Ed.), Research in Parapsychology 1980 (pp. 105-106), Scarecrow Press, 1981.

Blackmore, Susan J. Susan Blackmore responds. Journal of Near-Death Studies, 7(1):61-64 (Fall 1988).

Blackmore, Susan J. A theory of lucid dreams and OBEs. In J. Gackenbach & S. LaBerge. (Eds.), Conscious Mind, Sleeping Brain: Perspectives on Lucid Dreaming (pp. 373-387). Plenum Press, New York, 1988.

Blackmore, Susan J. Unrepeatability: Parapsychology's only finding. In B. Shapin & L. Coly (Eds.), The Repeatability Problem in Parapsychology: Proceedings of an International Conference held in San Antonio, Texas, October 28-29, 1983 (pp. 183-196; discussion pp. 196-206). Parapsychology Foundation, New York, 1985.

Blackmore, Susan J.  Visions of the dying brain.  New Scientist, 118(1611):43-46 (May 5, 1988).

Blackmore, Susan J. Where am I? Perspectives in imagery and the out-of-body experience. Journal of Mental Imagery, 11(2):53-66 (1987).

Blackmore, Susan [J.] & Harris, J. OBEs and perceptual distortions in schizophrenic patients and students. In W.G. Roll, J. Beloff & R.A. White (Eds.), Research in Parapsychology 1982 (pp. 232-234). Scarecrow Press, Metuchen NJ, 1983.

Blackmore, Susan J. & Wooffitt, Robin C. Out-of-the-body experiences in young children. Journal of the Society for Psychical Research, 56(819):155-158 (Apr 1990). [17 refs, 1 table]

Blake, William. "Eternity" in D. H. Erdman (Ed.), The poetry and prose of William Blake. Doubleday, Garden City NY, 1965. [fiction]

Blanke, Olaf, Stphanie Ortigue, Theodor Landis, and Margitta Seeck.  Neuropsychology:  stimulating illusory own-body perceptions.  Nature,419:269-270 (19 Sep 2002).

Blavatsky, HP.  Studies in occultism:  occultism versus the occult arts.  Theosophical Pub. House, 1910.

Bliss before dying?  Newsweek, 83:63-64 (May 6, 1974).

Bloom, Alfred.  To there and back.  Eastern Buddhist, 16:148-152 (Spring, 1983).

Bloom, Christopher.  Near death and out of the body.  Fate, 37:65-71 (Feb, 1984).

Blum, H. Out there. Simon & Schuster, New York, 1990.

Board, Stephen.  Light at the end of the tunnel:  inquest into the 'life after life' phenomenon.  Eternity, July, 1977, pp. 13-17, 30-33.

Boisen, A. The exploration of the inner world. Harper & Row, New York, 1936. (republished 1952)

Boldman, Robert. Sacred life holy death: seven stages of crossing the divide. Heartsfire Books, Santa Fe NM, 1999. [149p]

Bolen, J[ames] G[rayson].  Interview of Harold Sherman. Psychic, Feb 1974, pp. 6 ff.

Bolen, James Grayson (Ed.).  Interview of Ingo Swann.  Psychic, April 1973.  [illus]

Bolen, James Grayson (Ed.). Out-Of-The-Body Vision.  Psychic, April 1973.  [illus]

Bonewits, Philip Emmons Isaac. Real magic: An introductory treatise on the basic principles of yellow magic. Coward McCann & Geoghegan, New York, 1971. [xix, 236p, illus, gloss, abbrev, bibl.]

De Boni, G. L'uomo alla conquista dell' anima. Luce e Ombra, Verona, 1960. [Italian]

Bord, Janet.  Astral Projection:  an altered state.  Samuel Weiser, York Beach ME, 1973.  [64p, illus. Paths to Inner Power series.  Also published by Aquarium Press, UK, 1973, as Astral projection:  understanding your psychic double.]

Bord, Janet. Astral projection: understanding your psychic double.  Aquarian Press, Wellingborough, Northamptonshire, UK, 1973.  [Also published by Samuel Weiser, York Beach ME, 1973, as Astral Projection:  an altered state.]

Bord, J. & C. Bord. The secret country. Paul Elek, London, 1977.

Boswell, Harriet A. Master guide to psychism. Parker Publishing Co, West Nyack NY, 1969. [223p. Also published by Lancer Books, New York, 1970.]

Boudreau, Peter.  An astral journey.  Carlton Press, 1967.

Bourgine, Jerome. Le voyage astral: enquete sur les voyages hors du corps. Editions du Rocher, Monaco, 1993. [368 p, illus. French]

Bowers, Jacquelyn. Consciousness here and also there. Vantage Press, New York, 1994.

Bowyer, R.A. Some medieval accounts of "out-of-body" and "near-death" experiences. Christian Parapsychologist, 7:47-53 (1987).

Boyd, Doug. Mystics, magicians, and medicine people: Tales of a wanderer. Paragon House, New York, 1989. [xxii+330p]

Bozzano, Ernesto.  Considerazioni ed ipotesi sui fenomeni di bilocazione.  LO, 1911, pp 57-70, 173-186, 234-246, 273-294 .  [Italian]

Bozzano, Ernesto. Considerations et hypothèse sur les phénomènes de bilocation. Annales des Sciences Psychiques, 21:65-72, 109-116, 143-151, 166-172 (1911). [French]

Bozzano, Ernesto.  Dei fenomeni di "bilocazione” (p 132).  Tipografia Dante, Città della Pieve, 1934. [17/E; Italian]

Bozzano, Ernesto. Les phénomènes de bilocation. Jean Meyer, Paris, 1937. [French. First published in Italian in 1934]

For review, see: de Vesme, C. Revue Métapsychique, No. 3, 193-194 (1934).

Bozzano, Ernesto.  Phenomena of bilocation.  In his, Discarnate influence in human life (pp. 101-149). International Institute for Psychical Research, London, 1938.  [also published by John M. Watkins, London, 1938]

Bradbury, Will (Ed.). Leaving the body. In his, Into the Unknown, Reader's Digest Assn, Pleasantville NY, 1981. [illus.  Encyclopedic presentation of metaphysics, inc. witchcraft, healing, Atlantis, divination, astrology, ghosts, spiritualism, psi, dreams, astral projection, and UFO's]

Brading, D.H. Correspondence: Weight loss during out-of-the-body experiences. Journal of the Society for Psychical Research, 50:39 (1979).

Bradley, Marion Zimmer. The House Between the Worlds. Ballantine Books/Doubleday, New York, 1980. [fiction]

Brady, Enid Joan. The exciting world of a psychic: A search for reality. ESPress, Washington DC, 1969. [117p.]

Brady, Michael J. A journey out of the body. In his, Infinite horizons: A psychic experience (pp. 83-93). Unilaw Library, Virginia Beach/Norfolk VA, 1982. [101p, bibl. Personal experience]

Brandon, Ruth.  Out of body, out of mind.  St. Martin's Press, New York, 1987.

de Brath, Stanley. The soul as the real person. L.S.A. Publications, London, 1937. [80p.]

Braud, W.G. & L.W. Braud. Preliminary explorations of psi-conducive states: Progressive muscular relaxation. Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, 67:24-46 (1973).

Braud, W.G. & L.W. Braud. Further studies of relaxation as a psi-conducive state. Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, 68:229-245 (1974).

Braud, W.G. & L.W. Braud. The psi-conducive syndrome. In J.D. Morris, W.G. Roll, & R.L.Morris (Eds), Research in Parapsychology 1974, pp. 17-20, Scarecrow Press, Metuchen NJ, 1975.

Braude, Stephen E.  The holographic analysis of near-death experiences:  the perpetuation of some deep mistakes. Essence, 5(1):53-63 (1981).

Brennan, J.H. Astral doorways. Aquarian Press, Wellingborough, Northamptonshire, England, 1971. [115p, illus]

Brennan, J.H. The astral projection workbook: How to achieve out-of-body experiences. Sterling Publishing Co, New York, 1989. [159p, illus, index]

Brennert, Alan. Kindred Spirits. Tom Doherty Associates, New York, 1984. [fiction. Boy meets girl while both are OBE in a coma.]

Brennert, Alan. My Journey Into Eternity. 1984.

Brent, Sandor B. Deliberately induced, premortem out-of-body experiences: An experimental and theoretical approach. In R[obert] Kastenbaum (Ed.), Between Life and Death (pp. 89-123). Springer, New York, 1979. [2 figs; 21 refs; 1 table]

Bret, P. T. Les métapsychoses: La métapsychorragie, la télépathie, la hantise. Vol 1: Introduction et la métapsychorragie fantasmale. J. B. Baillière, Paris, 1939. [French]

Briggs, Kenneth A. New studies of the dying process provide impetus for scientific inquiries on the questions of life after death. New York Times, April 20:15 (1976).

Briggs, Patrick. Experiences with OOBE's. http://www.spiritweb.org/Spirit/briggs-astral.html, 1994.

Brinkley, Dannion with Paul Perry. Saved by the light: the true story of a man who died twice and profound revelations he recevied. Random House, New York, 1994. [Also published as Wheller Large Print Book]

Brittan, S. B. Man and his relations: Illustrating the influence of the mind on the body. W. A. Townsend, New York, 1864.

Bro, Harmon H.  A Seer out of season: the life of Edgar Cayce.  NAL, New York, 1989.

Broad, Charles Dunbar. Dreaming and some of its implications: Presidential Address, 1958. Proceedings of the Society for Psychical Research, 52(188):53-78 (Feb 1959).

Broad, Charles Dunbar. Lectures on psychical research: Incorporating the Perrott lecures given in Cambridge University in 1959 and 1960. Routledge & Kegan Paul with The Humanities Press, London, 1962. [xi, 450p, index.  Experiments in guessing, paranormal cases of hallucinatory quasi-perception, trance-mediumship]

Broad, Charles Dunbar. A letter from Professor C. D. Broad. Journal of Parapsychology, 12:2-6 (1948).

Broad, Charles Dunbar. Phantasms of the living and of the dead. Proceedings of the Society for Psychical Research, 50:51-66 (1953).

Broderick, Damien. The lotto effect. Southwood Press, 1992.

Brody, Jane E.  The near-death experience:  a profound event that can mean dramatic change in life.  New York Times, 138:B-20 (Nov 17, 1988).

Brooke, Tal.  The other side of death.  Tyndale House, Wheaton IL, 1979. [179p]

Broughton, R.S. [Section on OBEs]. In his, Parapsychology: The controversial science (pp. 242-254). Ballantine, New York, 1991.

Brown, Courtney.  Cosmic voyage.  Dutton-Signet, New York, 1996.

Brown, James F.  Review of Michael Grosso’s The Final Choice.  Cross Currents, 38:246-248 (Summer, 1988).

Brown, Tom. Awakening spirits: A native American path to inner peace, healing, and spiritual growth. Berkley Books, New York, 1994.

Browne, Mary T. Mary T. reflects on the other side: A compelling vision of the afterlife. Fawcett Columbine, New York, 1994. [211p]

Brubaker, Don et al. Absent from the body: one man's clinical death, a journey through heaven and hell. Peninsula Pub., Palmetto FL, 1996.

Bruce, Robert.  Astral dynamics:  a new approach to out-of-body experience.  Hampton Roads, Charlottesville VA, 1999.

For review, see:  Ross, Michael, Journal of Conscientiology, vol 2, no. 6 (Oct, 1999), International Academy of Conscientiology, New York.

Bruce, Robert.  Practical psychic self-defense: understanding and surviving unseen influences.  Hampton Roads, Charlottesville VA, 2002.

Bruce, Robert. Treatise on astral projection, http://www.tower.net.au/~rsb/treatise.html , 1995.

Bruchez, Margaret.  Letter about Kellehear’s near-death experiences and the pursuit of the ideal society.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 10(3):185-187 (Spring, 1992).

Brugger, Peter.  Reflective mirrors:  perspective-taking in autoscopic phenomena, Cognitive Neuropsychiatry, 7(3):179-194 (2002).

Brugger, Peter and Marianne Regard.  Illusory reduplication of one's own body:  phenomenology and classification of autoscopic phenomena, Cognitive Neuropsychiatry, 2(1):19-38 (1997).

Bruyn, G. W. The seat of the soul. In F. C. Rose & W. F. Bynum (Eds.), Historical Aspects of the Neurosciences (pp. 55-81), Raven Press, New York, 1982.

Bryant, Page. Starwalking: Shamanic practices for traveling into the night sky. Bear & Co., Santa Fe NM, 1997. [xxvi, 319 p, ill, bibl]

Bryson, Alan. Light after death: a comparison of the near-death experience and the teachings of the Baha'I faith on life after death. Sterling Publishers, New Delhi, 1993.

Bucher, L. et al. Near death experiences: critical care nurses' attitudes and interventions. Dimens Crit Care Nurs (Jul, 1997).

Buckland, Raymond. Astral projection. In his, A pocket guide to the supernatural (pp. 9-14). Ace Publishing, New York, 1969. [189p, illus, bibl.]

Buckland, Raymond & Hereward Carrington. Traveling with the speed of thought. In their, Amazing secrets of the psychic world (pp. 151-156). Perker, New York, 1975. [201p, bibl]

Budge, E.A. Wallis. The Egyptian book of the dead. Dover Publications, New York, 1950.

Buhlman, William. Adventures beyond the body:  how to experience out-of-body travel. Harper, New York, 1996. [291p, illus, gloss, index]

Buhlman, William. Adventures beyond the body:  out of body instructional tapes.  Spiritual Adventures, 1996.

Buhlman, William.  Chakra technique and the vibrational technique.  Spiritual Adventures, 1999.  [music, 2 CD set]

Buhlman, William. Adventures beyond the body:  mystic bowls, sacred sounds.  Mach 1 Audio, 2000.  [music CD]

Buhlman, William.  The Secret of the soul:  using out-of-body experiences to understand our true nature.  Harper, San Francisco, 2001. [271 p, gloss, index]

Bulford, S. Man's unknown journey. Rider, London, nd.

Bun Ninket. Khomun prachak tai laeo koet. Mahawitthayalai Chiang Mai, 1988. [index, bibl. Thai]

Burch, G.E., N.P Pasquale, and J.H.Phillipes.  What death is like.  American Heart Journal, 76(3):438-439 (Sep 1968).

Burney, C. Solitary confinement. Coward-McCann, New York, 1952.

Burns, Lawrence S.  Is there life after death?  Harper's Weekly, July 12:12-14 (1976).

Burt, Cyril. Out-of-body experiences. In his, Psychology and Psychical Research (pp. 76-90). Society for Psychical Research, London, 1968.

Bush, Nancy E.  The near-death experience in children:  shades of the prison-house reopening.  Anabiosis, 3(2):177-192. (Dec, 1983).

Bush, Nancy Evans.  Review of P.M.H. Atwater’s Coming Back to Life.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 7(2):121-128 (Winter, 1988).

Byrd, Richard.  Alone (pp. 118-122).  Ace Books, New York, 1938.

 

C

 

C., T.R. Correspondence: A glimpse into the future. Journal of the Society for Psychical Research, Mar-Apr 1940, pp. 163-165.

Cahagnet, A. The celestial telegraph. Geo. Pierce, London, 1850. [first published in French, 1847-1848]

Cannon, Alexander.  Power within.  E P Dutton, New York, 1953.

Capel, M. Las experiencias extracorporales: Revisión de la casuística y algunas aportaciones explicativas. Psi Comunicación, 4:49-71 (1978). [Spanish]

Cappon, D. & Banks, R. Orientational perception I. Archives of General Psychiatry, 5:380-392 (1961).

Carey, Peter. Bliss. Harper & Row, New York, 1981. [296p.  Also published by Vintage Books, New York, 1996]

Carr, Daniel.  Endorphins at the approach of death.  Lancet, 8261:390 (Feb 14, 1981).

Carr, Daniel.  Pathophysiology of stress-induced limbic lobe dysfunction:  a hypothesis relevant to near-death experiences.  Anabiosis, 2(1):75-89 (June, 1982).  [Reprinted in Bruce Greyson and Charles P. Flynn [Eds.], The Near-Death Experience:  Problems, Prospects, Perspectives (pp. 125-139).  Charles C. Thomas, Springfield IL, 1984.]

Carrel, Alexis. Man the unknown. London, 1935. [Also published in New York in 1948. Translation of L'homme, cet inconnu.]

Carrington, Hereward. The coming science. Small & Maynard, Boston, 1908.

Carrington, Hereward. The projection of the astral body. In his, Higher psychical development (Yoga philosophy): An outline of the secret Hindu teachings (pp. 266-289). Dodd Mead, New York, 1920. [x, 296p, illus, gloss, index. Reprinted by Samuel Wiser in 1978. General; induction methodology]

Carrington, Hereward. Projection of the "astral body." In his, Modern psychical phenomena: Recent researches and speculations (pp. 146-154). Dodd Mead, New York, 1919. [xi, 331p, illus, index]

Carrington, Hereward. Projection of the "astral" body: a description of the method of projecting the human "double" at will. Occult Review, 23:247-254 (1916).

Carroll, Mary; Klemp, Joan; and Moore, Anthony (Eds.). The ECK JR two discourses. ECKANKAR, Minneapolis MN, c 1988. [vii + 266 p, ill]

Carson, Christopher [Ed.]. When ego dies: a compilation of near-death & mystical conversion experiences. Emerald Ink, Houston TX, 1996.

A case of "traveling clairvoyance." Journal of the Society for Psychical Research, 25:4-9 (1929).

Carter, Mary Ellen and Hugh Lynn Cayce (Eds).  Edgar Cayce:  modern prophet.  Bonanza Books, New York, 1990.  [627p.  Edgar Cayce on prophecy, religion, psychic experience, mysteries of the mind, reincarnation].

Cassoli, P.  Esiste la bilocazione? Studio di una sensitiva marchigiana. Metapsichica, 9:54-72 (1954)  [Italian].

Casteneda, Carlos. Journey to Ixtlan: The lessons of Don Juan. Simon and Schuster, New York, 1972.

Castaneda, Carlos. The second ring of power. Washington Square Books, New York, 1977. [328p.]

Castaneda, Carlos. A separate reality: Further conversations with Don Juan. Simon and Schuster, New York, 1971. [317p.]

Castaneda, Carlos. Tales of power. Simon and Schuster, New York, 1974. [287p.]

Castaneda, Carlos. The teachings of Don Juan: A Yaqui way of knowledge. Ballantine, New York, 1968. [288p.]

Cayce, Hugh Lynn.  The Edgar Cayce reader. Paperback Library, 1969.  [187p.  Essays and readings by Cayce and others on development of psychic ability, mental telepathy, the visible and invisible, second coming, truth, man's relationship to God, peace, psychoanalysis, health, reincarnation, the Essenes, Mount Carmel, dreams, karma, out-of-body travel, genetics, fear, mysteries of Egypt, automatic writing, wisdom]

Cayce, Hugh Lynn Is survival after death possible? In his, Faces of fear (pp. 60-67). Harper & Row, New York, 1980. [164p, index, bibl. Some OBE cases.]

Cayce, Hugh Lynn (Ed.). The theory of out-of-body travel. In his, The Edgar Cayce reader (pp. 120-128). Paperback Library, New York, 1969. [187p.]

Cazzamalli, F. Phenomenes telephsychiques et radiations cerebrales. Revue Metapsychique, 4:3 (1925).

Chambers, Paul.  Paranormal people.  Wellington House, London, 1998.  [224p. illus, bibl, index.  Survey of cases, analyses, theories, and controversies associated with paranormal experience]

Champman, D. Correspondence: Out-of-the-body experiences. Journal of the Society for Psychical Research, 49:478 (1977).

Chandler, Russell.  Death is peaceful, psychiatrist believes [Interview with Elisabeth Kübler-Ross]. Los Angeles Times, July 1, 1982, Sec 2, pp. 1,6.

Chari, C.T. Parapsychological reflections on some tunnel experiences.  Anabiosis, 2(2):110-131 (Dec, 1982).

Chari, C. T. K. Autoscopy, out-of-body experience and psi-conduciveness. Parapsychological Journal of South Africa, 4(2):150-151 (Dec 1983).

Charles, Rodney and Anna Jordan.  Lighter than air:  miracles of human flight from Christian saints to native American spirits.  Sunstar Publishing Group, Fairfield IA, 1995.

Charmaz, Kathy.  Near-death utopias:  now of later?  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 10(2):131-134 (Winter, 1991).

de Chermont, Selma.  Compilation of psychic phenomena that has happened in my family, Journal of Conscientiology, vol 2, no. 8 (Apr, 2000), International Academy of Conscientiology, New York.  [author’s OBE.  In Spanish as, Compilación de fenómenos parapsíquicos ocurridos en la familia, Journal of Conscientiology, vol 2, no. 7 (Jan, 2000).]

Cherry, Christopher.  Near-death experiences and the problem of evidence for survival after death.  Religious Studies, 22:397-406 (Sep/Dec, 1986).

Cherry, Christopher.  Self, near-death and death.  International Journal for Philosophy of Religion, 16(1):3-11 (1984).

Cherry, Laurence B.  What is it like to die?  Glamour, 79(7):180 ff (July, 1981).

Christie-Murray, David. Review of: Holroyd, Stuart, Psychic voyages. Journal of the Society for Psychical Research, 49(773):620 (1977).

Christopher, Milbourne. ESP, seers & psychics. T.Y. Crowell, New York, 1970. [x, 268p, illus, bibl, index]

Christopher, Milbourne. Out-of-the-body on West 73rd Street, and Consciousness Projection in Durham. In his, Search for the soul (pp. 85-94, 95-103). T.Y. Crowell, New York, 1979. [206p, bibl, index. Derivative]

Chuck. Energy patterns & OBE. http://www.spiritweb/Spirit/obe-energy-patterns.html, 1995.

Clapp, Rodney.  Rumors of heaven:  a new book fuels our perennial interest in life after death.  Review of Zaleski’s Otherworld Journeys.  Christianity Today, 32(14):16-21 (Oct, 1988).

Clare, Beta. My journey into eternity. 1930.

Clarke, Arthur C., John Fairley, and Simon Welfare.  Arthur C. Clarke's world of strange powers.  Guild Publishing, London, 1985.  [246p, illus.  General psi]

Clark, J. & Skinner, J. Treatises and sermons of Meister Eckhart. Harper, New York, 1958.

Clark, Kimberly.  Clinical interventions with near-death experiences.  In, Bruce Greyson and Charles P. Flynn [Eds.], The Near-Death Experience:  Problems, Prospects, Perspectives (pp. 267-277).  Charles C. Thomas, Springfield IL, 1984.

Clark, Kimberly.  Response to Adjustment and the near-death experience.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 6(1):20-23 (Fall, 1987).

Cleigh, Zenia.  Elisabeth Kübler-Ross.  San Diego Magazine, 30:52 ff. (Aug, 1978).

Coblentz, Stanton A.  Light beyond:  the wonderworld of parasychology.  Cornwall Books, East Brunswick NJ, 1982.

DeClements, Barthe. Double trouble. Viking Kestrel, New York, 1987. [168p, fiction]

DeClements, Barthe. This World and Beyond. 1987.

Cobbe, Irvin S. The nearest I ever came to death.  American Magazine, 6:5-7, 123-125 (Dec 1922).

Coddington, Robert H. Death brings many surprises. Ivy Books, New York, 1987.

Cohen, Daniel.  The far side of consciousness.  Dodd Mead, 1974.

Cohn-Sherbok, Dan and Christopher Lewis [Eds.]. Beyond death: theological and philosphical reflections on life after death. St. Martin's Press, New York, 1995. [introduction by Lionel Blue]

Cole, E.J. The near death experience. Intensive Crit Care Nurs (Sep, 1993).

Coleman, Stanley M. The phantom double: Its psychological significance. British Journal of Medical Psychology, 14(3):23-35 (1983). [discusses idea of the double in the literature of de Maupassant and Dostoevsky]

Coleman, M. H. Letter to the editor. Journal of the Society for Psychical Research, 53(800):122-123 (Jun 1985).

Collins, B. A. Review of Man Outside Himself. by H. F. Prevost-Battersby. Psychic Science, 21:74 (1942).

Collins, John J. and Michael Fishbane [Eds.]. Death, ecstasy, and other worldly journeys. State University of New York Press, Albany NY, 1995.

Colloway, Hugh G. see Fox, Oliver (pseudonym)

Continuum - The immortality principle. Franklin Press, 1978. [108p. illus.  Based on exhibit of human speculations on possibility of continuing consciousness, first shown at California Museum of Science and Industry]

Conway, D[eanna] J. Astral love: Romance, ecstasy & higher consciousness. Llewellyn, St. Paul MN, 1996. [178 p, bibl, index]

Conway, D[eanna] J. Flying without a broom: astral projection and travel. Llewellyn Publications, St. Paul MN, 1995.

Conway, D[eanna] J. Magic: An occult primer. Jonathan Cape, London, 1972. [also published by Mayflower Books, St. Albans, 1974]

Conway, D[eanna] J. Perfect love: find intimacy on the astral plane. Llewellyn Publications, St. Paul MN, 1998. [bibl, index]

Cook, A[nn] M. & Irwin, H[arvey] J. Visuospatial skills and the out-of-body experience. Journal of Parapsychology, 47(1):23-35 (Mar 1983).

Cook, Roger B.  The resurrection as near-death experience.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 10(4):193-204 (Summer, 1992).

Cook, Roger.  Letter:  Response to V. Krishnan, A Theory of Death.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 9(2):134-136 (Winter, 1990).

Cook, Emily Williams. Review of: Susan J. Blackmore, Beyond the Body: An investigation of out-of-body experiences. Anabiosis: The Journal for Near-Death Studies, 4:97-104 (1984).

Cook, Emily Williams. Review of: Susan J. Blackmore, Beyond the Body: An investigation of out-of-the-body experiences. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 173(1):62-63 (1985).

Cook, Emily Williams. Correspondence: Are out-of-body experiences evidence for survival? Anabiosis: The Journal for Near-Death Studies, 4:167-169 (1984).

See also: Blackmore, Susan J. Correspondence: Reply to Cook on whether out-of-body experiences are evidence for survival. Anabiosis: The Journal for Near-Death Studies, 4:169-171 (1984).

Cooke, A.H. Astral projection. In her, Out of the mouth of babes: E.S.P. in children (pp. 36-45). Attic Press, Greenwood SC, 1968. [192p, notes,bibl, index]

Cooper, William Earnshaw.  Spiritual science here and hereafter:  a study of spiritual philosophy and its practical application to everyday life. LN Fowler, London, 1911.  [389p]

Corcoran, Diane K.  Helping patients who’ve had near-death experiences.  Nursing, 18:34-39 (Nov, 1988).

Corliss, William R. Strange minds: A sourcebook of unusual mental phenomena. The Sourcebook Project, Glen Arm MD, 1976. [285p, illus, index, bibl.]

Cornillier, P. The survival of the soul. Kegan Paul, Trench, Trübner; London, 1921.

Correspondence: Images of the self. Journal of the Society for Psychical Research, Mar-Apr 1940, pp. 165-166

Correspondence: Out-of-body experience. Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, 32:206-211 (1938).

Corte, L. Forms of the sacred. Am J Psychoanal (Dec, 1997).

Cott, Jonathan.  It there life after death:  a scholar goes out on a limb.  Interview with Carol Zaleski.  Vogue, 177:312, 369, 370-371 (May, 1987).

Couchie, Wayne. Drawings of OBEs sought. Vital Signs, 3(2):7 (1983).

Couliano, I.P. Out of this world: Other worldly journeys from Gilgamesh to Albert Einstein. Shambala, Boston, 1991.

Coutinho, Marco Antonio.  A Conquista do Corpo Glorioso.  Ano Zero, Rio de Janeiro, April, 1993. [Portuguese]

Coutinho, Marco Antonio.  Além do corpo - a arte tradicional das experiências extracorpóreas.  Mauad, Rio de Janeiro, 1996. [Portuguese]

Coutinho, Marco Antonio.  Experiências extracorpóreas e a arte de morrer.  Alvorecer, Cíclope Editora, Rio de Janeiro, May 1996.  [Portuguese]

Coutinho, Marco Antonio.  Os vôos do espírito.   Ganesha, Instituto Ganesha de Astrologia Védica, Vol 6, No. 75 (November), 1997.  [Portuguese]

Coutinho, Marco Antonio.  Sair do corpo:  uma fascinante arte de autoconhecimento. Universus, AstroTiming, Rio de Janeiro, December, 1996.  [Portuguese]

Council, James R. and Bruce Greyson.  Near-death experiences and the “fantasy-prone” personality:  preliminary findings.  Paper presented at the Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association (93rd, Los Angeles CA, Aug 23-27, 1985).  13p, ERIC, ED 262 355.

Counts, Dorothy Ayers.  Near-death and out-of-body experiences in a Melanesian society. Anabiosis: The Journal for Near-Death Studies, 3:114-135 (Dec, 1983).

Cox-Chapman, Mally.  The case for heaven: near-death experiences as evidence of the afterlife.  G.P. Putnum's Sons, New York, 1995. [203p]

Cox-Chapman, Mally. The case for heaven: messages of hope from people who touched eternity. 1996.

Cox, Murray. Notes from the New Land. Omni, Oct 1993, pp. 40-41, 44, 46, 48, 118, 120.

Coxhead, D. & S. Hiller. Dreams: Visions of the night. Thames and Hudson, London.

Coxhead, Nona.  Mindpower.  Penguin, Harmondsworth UK, 1979. [Current research on mental telepathy, psychokinesis, biofeedback, hypnosis, out-of-the-body experience, meditation, spiritual healing, acupuncture, psychosurgery]

Coxhead, Nona. Science looks at mind travel and mind sight. In her, Mindpower: the emerging pattern of current research (pp. 116-128). St Martin's, New York, 1976. [256p, bibl. derivitive]

Cozzens, Samuel Woodworth.  A terrible fall.  In, The marvelous country:  three years in Arizona and New Mexico (pp. 409-413).  Shepard and Gill, Boston, 1873.

Cram, Mildred.  The promise.  Knopf, New York, 1949.  [account of a man and woman who transcended death in their relationship]

Cramer, Todd & Munson, Doug (comps.). Soul travel. In his, Eckankar: ancient wisdom for today (pp. 15-26). ECKANKAR, Minniapolis MN, 1993. [viii + 134p. illus.]

Craze, Richard.  Astral projection:  a beginner’s guide.  Hodder & Stoughton, 1999.

Crenshaw, James.  An interview with Dr. Elisabeth Kübler-Ross. Fate, April, pp. 45-52 (April, 1977).

de Crespigny, P. C. This world and beyond. Cassell, London, 1934.

Crawford, Quantz. Astral projection. In his, Methods of psychic development (pp. 63-70). Samuel Weiser, York Beach ME, 1973. [102p, illus]

Cressy, Judith.  The near-death experience:  mysticism or madness.  Christopher Publishing, Hanover MA, 1994.

Crichton, Ian. Glimpses into the unknown.  Chap. 9 in The art of dying (pp. 155-163).  Peter Owen, London, 1976.

Crisp, Tony. Sky hopping. In his, Dream dictionary. Dell, New York, 1994. [also published as The New Dream Dictionary, Optima, UK, 1994.]

Crookall, Robert. Astral projection. Light, 194-200 (1970).

Crookall, Robert. Astral traveling: Review of Susy Smith, The enigma of out-of-body travel. International Journal of Parapsychology, 8:472-477 (1966).

Crookall, Robert. Case-book of astral projection 545-746. Citadel Press, Secaucus NJ, 1972. [Forward by Leslie Shepard. 160p. bibl, notes. Also published by University Books, New Hyde Park NY, 1972]

Crookall, Robert. Co-operation as described by astral projectors. In his, During sleep: The possibility of "co-operation" between the living and the dead (pp. 1-4). Theosophical Publishing House, London, 1964. [120p, bibl. Also published by University Books, Secausus NJ, 1974]

Crookall, Robert. "Dreams" of high significance. Darshana International, Moradabad, India, 1974.

Crookall, Robert. Ecstasy: The release of the soul from the body. Darshana International, Moradabad, India, 1973. [163p.]

Crookall, Robert. Events on the threshold of the after-life: "Clues" as to "the strangest of all enigmas". Darshana International, Moradabad, India, 1967. [viii, 235p, ref notes, index, bibl. Foreword by Sir Cyril Atkinson]

For review, see: Rogo, D. Scott. Theta, No. 38, pp. 5-6 (Winter 1973).

Crookall, Robert. The interpretation of cosmic and mystical experiences. James Clarke & Co., London, 1969. [xii, 175p, index, bibl, notes. Foreword by J. D. Pearce-Higgins]

Crookall, Robert. Intimations of immortality: "Seeing" that led to "believing". James Clarke & Co, London and Cambridge, 1965. [xvi, 141p, figures, notes, index.  Also published by Attic Press, Greenwood SC, 1965]

Crookall, Robert. Journey into death. Fate, vol 16, no 6 (June, 1963).

Crookall, Robert. The Jung-Jaffe view of out-of-the-body experiences. World Fellowship Press, London, 1970. [134p, index, bibl, notes]

For review, see: Lucas, Dean. Theta, No. 38, pp. 6-8 (Winter 1973).

Crookall, Robert. Life, 'a cheat' or 'a sacred burden'?. Darshana International, Moradabad, India, 1976. [72p, bibl, index]

Crookall, Robert. The mechanisms of astral projection: Denouement after seventy years. Darshana International, Moradabad, India, 1969. [xiii, 136p, footnotes, index]

Crookall, Robert.  More astral projections: analyses of case histories.  Aquarian Press, London, 1964. [xix, 154p, index. Also published by Wehman, Hackensack NJ, 1964]

Crookall, Robert. The next world and the next: Ghostly garments. Theosophical Publishing House, London, 1964. [152p, index, bibl, notes]

Crookall, Robert. "Out of the body": 3. "Only psychological fact"? Light, 83:171-182 (1963).

Crookall, Robert. Out-of-the-body experiences: A fourth analysis. Citadel Press, Secaucus NJ, 1970. [219p. bibl, notes. Also published by University Books, New Hyde Park NY, 1970]

Crookall, Robert. Out-of-the-body experiences and cultural traditions. Journal of the Society for Psychical Research, 44:358-363 (1968).

Crookall, Robert.  Out-of-the-body experiences and survival.  Chap 5 in J.D. Pearce-Higgins & G.S. Whitby (Eds.), Life, Death, and Psychical Research (pp. 66-88), Rider, London, 1973. [cases studies and commentary]

Crookall, Robert. Psychic Breathing. Aquarian Press, Wellingborough, Northamptonshire, England, 1979.

Crookall, Robert. Statistical tests of astral projection. Light, 86:79-83 (1966).

Crookall, Robert. The study and practice of astral projection. Aquarian Press, London, 1960. [234p, bibl, index. Also published by Citadel Press, Secaucus NJ, 1960; Wehman, Hackensack NJ, 1961; and by University Books, New Hyde Park NY, 1966]

Crookall, Robert. The techniques of astral projection: Dénouement after fifty years. Aquarian Press, London, 1964. [111p, bibl. Also published by Samuel Weiser, New York, nd.]

Crookall, Robert. The third group of experiences: Shedding the body. In his, The supreme adventure: Analyses of psychic communications (pp. 14-32). James Clarke, London, 1961 [257p. illus, index; bibl, footnotes; 2nd ed. 1975. Also published by Attic Press, Greenwood SC, 1961]

Crookall, Robert.  What happens when you die.  Colin Smythe, Gerrards Cross/London, 1978. [xii, 257p, index, bibl, notes]

Crosby, Caresse.  The passionate years (pp. 18-19).  Dial Press, New York, 1953.

Crowe, C. The night side of nature: Or, ghosts and ghost seers (2 vols). T. C. Newby, London, 1848.

Crumbaugh, James C.  A contribution of Frankl’s logotherapy to the interpretation of near-death experiences.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 15(3):155-162 (Spring, 1997).

Crume, P. "Katherine Anne Porter, Pale horse, pale rider", Southwest Review, 25:213-218 (1944).

See Porter, Katherine Anne. "Pale horse, pale rider" in her The Collected Stories, Harvest-Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, New York, 1979. [fiction]

Cummins, Geraldine. Mind in life and death: Review of recent evidence of the survival of Franklin Roosevelt and others. Aquarian Press, London, 1956. [269p, index, glos. Foreword by Raynor C. Johnson]

Cummins, Geraldine. The road to immortality. Nicholson & Watson, London, 1935.

Cummins, Geraldine. Travellers in eternity. Psychic Press, London, 1948.

Curious psychological phenomenon. American Phrenological Journal and Repository of Science, Literature, and General Intelligence. 19:81 (1854).

Curran, Charles A.  Death and dying.  Journal of Religion and Health.  14(4):254-264 (1975).

Currie, Ian. The ghost within: Out-of-the-body experiences. In his, You Cannot Die: The Incredible Findings of a Century of Research on Death (pp. 71-110). Methuen, New York, 1978. [288p, illus, bibl, notes]

Currie, Ian.  What it's like to die:  resuscitation experiences.  Chap. 5 in his, You cannot die:  the incredible finding of a century of research on death (pp. 137-162).  Methuen, New York, 1978.

Currie, Ian.  You cannot die: the incredible findings of a century of research on death.  Methuen, New York, 1978.  [288p]

Curtiss, H. & F. Realms of the Living Dead. The Curtiss Philosophic Book Co, Washington DC, 1926.

 

D

 

Dallas, H.A. Bilocation. Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, 35(3):70-73 (Mar 1941).

Dallas, HA with HB Mariott Watson.  Across the barrier:  a record of true experience. Kegan, Paul, Trench, & Trubner; London, 1913. [212p]

Dane, Christopher. Psychic travel. Popular Library, New York, 1974. [192p. author: Eugene Olson?]

Dane, Leila. Astral travel: A psychological overview. Journal of Altered States of Consciousness, 2(3):249-258 (1975-1976).

Daniels, Pat, et al, (Eds.). Psychic voyages [a volume in the series, Mysteries of the Unknown]. Time-Life Books, Alexandria VA, 1988. [144p. index, bibl, illus.]

For review, see: Christie-Murray, David. Journal of the Society for Psychical Research, 49(773):620 (1977).

Dante Alighieri. Paradiso. [translated by P. Wicksteed] Dent, London, 1962. [fiction]

David-Neal, Alexandra. Magic and mystery in Tibet. Dover, New York, 1971.

Davenport, Arlice W.  Science and the near-death experience:  toward a new paradigm  Journal of Religion and Psychical Research, 7(1):26-37 (Jan, 1984) [part 1], 7(2):98-108 (April, 1984) [part 2].

Davidson. A.  The spiral cage:  diary of an astral gypsy. Long Beach, 1988.  [50p]

Davidson, John.  The web of life.  CW Daniel, UK, 1988.  [408p]

Davies, Rodney. Supernatural vanishings: Otherworldly disappearances. Sterling Pub, New York, 1996. [185 p, maps, index. Originally published as: Supernatural disappearances.: R. Hale, London, c1995.]

Davis, Lorraine.  A comparison of UFO and near-death experiences as vehicles for the evolution of human consciousness.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 6(4):240-257 (Summer, 1988).

Davy, John.  The evidence for life after death.  Observer Magazine, April 8, 1979, p. 32 ff.

Davy, John.  Life after life, part 2:  time to face up to death.  Observer Magazine, April 15, 1979, p. 32 ff.

Dawe, Donald G.  The end of the slient consensus.  Review of John Hick's Death and eternal life, and Raymond Moody's Life after life.  Interpretation, 32(2):93-95 (Apr, 1978).

Dawson, Jenny. The disembodied self, in The Unexplained, vol 1, issue 6. London.

Death does not exist.  Interview of Elisabeth Kübler-Ross.  Coevolution Quarterly, Summer, 1977, pp. 100-106.

De Boni, G.  L'uomo alla conquista dell’anima. Luce e Ombra, Verona, 1960  [Italian].

Deford, Frank. Shirley MacLaine. People, July 18, 1983.

Delacour, Jean-Baptiste.  Glimpses of the beyond:  the extraordinary experiences of people who have crossed the brink of death and returned. Delacorte, New York, 1974. [191p, bibl, translated from German, Aus dem Jenseits züruck, by E.B. Garside]

Delacour, Jean-Baptiste. Aus dem Jenseits züruck.  Econ Verlag, Dusseldorf. [English translation:  Glimpses of the beyond:  the extraordinary experiences of people who have crossed the brink of death and returned. Delacourte, New York, 1973.  Trans. E.B.Garside]

DenBesten, Larry.  The dying experience.  The Reformed Journal, Nov, 1978, pp. 17-21.

Dennett, D. Consciousness explained. Little Brown, Boston, 1991.

Denning, Melita & Osborne, Phillips. The astral projection kit. [audio tape]

Denning, Melita & Osborne, Phillips. The Llewellyn deep mind tape for astral projection. [audio tape]

Denning, Melita & Osborne, Phillips. The Llewellyn practical guide to astral projection: The out-of-body experience. Llewellyn Publications, St. Paul MN, 1979. [239p, illus, glossary. Also published in Spanish as Proyeccion astral: experiencias extracorporales. Llewellyn Publications, St. Paul MN, 1997.]

Desmond, Shaw. Love after death. Rider, London, 1944. [206p]

Despelder, Lynne Ann and Albert Lee Strickland.  Near-death experiences:  at the threshold of death. In their The last dance:  encountering death and dyings (pp. 397-404). Mayfield Publishing Co, Palo Alto CA, 1983.

Deutsch, Felix (Ed.) On the mysterious leap from the mind to the body: A workshop study on the theory of conversion. Grune & Stratton, New York, 1945. [also published by International Universities Press]

Devereux, Paul. Astral Projection and How to Accomplish It. Brotherhood of the White Temple, Sedalia CO, 1993.

Devereux, Paul. Spirit Paths, Shape-Shifting and Out-of-Body Travel. Llewellyn Publications, St. Paul MN, 1993.

Devereux, Paul. Shamanism and the mystery lines: Ley lines, spirit paths, shape-shifting and out of body travel. Llewellyn, St. Paul MN, 1994. [238 pp, refs, index]

Devereux, Paul. Symbolic landscapes: The dreamtime earth and Avebury's open secrets. Gothic Image Publications, Glastonbury, Sommerset, UK, 1992

Dillon, Douglas. An explosion of being: An American family's journey into the psychic. Parker Publishing, West Nyack NY, 1984. [223p, appendix, index]

Dippong, Joseph F.  Dawn of perception:  a true rebirth.  CHIMO: The New Age Magazine, 8:31-37 (June/July, 1982).

Di Simone, Giorgio.  Esperienze fuori del corpo (OBE):  un esperimento a sostegno della sopravvivenza. Mediterranee, Rome, 1984.  [Italian]

Dlin, Barney M., et al.  Survivors of cardiac arrest:  the first few days.  Psychosomatics, 15:61-67 (1974).

Dobson, M., A.E. Tattersfield, M.W. Adler, and M.W. McNicol.  Attitudes and long term adjustment of patients surviving cardiac arrest.  British Medical Jounrnal. 3(5768):207-212 (July 24, 1971).

Donahoe, James J. Moving out-of-the-body, and Out-of-body experience: A guide for experimenters. In his, Enigma: Psychology, the paranormal and self-transformation (pp 16-20 and 97-106). Bench Press, Oakland CA, 1979. [199p, gloss, index, bibl]

Donahoe, James J. Out of the body experience. In his, Dream reality: The conscious creation of dream and paranormal experience (pp. 67-77). Bench Press, Oakland CA, 1974. [experiences of author, Monroe, and Lilly; Jungian interpretation. Rev. ed. 1979]

Donner, Florinda. Being-in-dreaming: An initiation into the sorcerer's world. HarperCollins, New York, 1991.

Doore, Gary.  Who Survives?  Contemporary Explorations of Life After Death.

For review, see:  Funk, Joel.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 10(4): (Summer, 1992).

Doreal, M. Astral projection and how to accomplish it. Brotherhood of the White Temple, Sedalia, Colorado, nd.

Dougherty, C.M. The near-death experience as a major life transition. Holist Nurs Pract (May, 1990).

Douglas, Alfred.  Extra sensory powers. Overlook Press, Woodstock NY, 1977.

Drab, K[evin] J. Altered states of consciousness on Guam: A survey. Unpublished research report, University of Guam, 1983. [ref by Irwin, H.]

Drab, Kevin J.  Review of Craig R. Lundahl’s A collection of near-death research readings.  Anabiosis, 3(1):107-111 (June, 1983).

Drab, Kevin J.  The tunnel experience:  reality or hallucination? Anabiosis, 1(2):126-152 (Dec, 1981).

Drab, Kevin J.  Unresolved problems in the study of near-death experiences:  some suggestions for research and theory.  Anabiosis, 1(1):27-43 (July, 1981).

Dreams: A key to life, and Experiences in the light and sound. In, Earth to God, come in please (pp. 111-138 and pp. 309-326). Illuminated Way Publishing, Golden Valley MN, 1991. [xi, 347p, illus, glossary]

Drollinger, E. Ruder. The journey of the soul. 1919.

Driesch, H. Psychical research: The science of the supernormal. G. Bell & Sons, London, 1933. [first published in German, 1932]

Drouet, Bessie Clarke. Station astral. G. P. Putnam's Sons, New York, 1932.

Druhan, Marlené Marie. Naked soul: astral travel & cosmic relationships. Llewellyn Publications, St Paul MN, 1998. [xvi + 196p, gloss, index]

Drury, Neville. Astral projection: The pioneers. In his, Don Juan, mescalito and modern magic (pp. 19-34). Routledge & Kegan Paul, London, 1978.

Drury, Neville. Dictionary of mysticism and the occult. Harper & Row, New York, 1985.

Drury, Neville. The search for Abraxas. Neville Spearman, London, 1972. [138p, index]

Drury, Nevill.  The visionary human:  mystical consciousness and paranormal perspectives.  Element Books, Shaftesbury, Dorset, UK, 1991.  [151p]

Drury, Nevill and Gregory Tillett.  The occult:  a sourcebook of esoteric wisdom. Grange, London, 1997. [160 p, illus, index]

Druss, Richard G. and Donald S. Kornfeld.  The survivors of cardiac arrest:  a psychiatric study.  Journal of the American Medical Association 201(5):291-296 (July 31, 1967).

Ducasse, C. J. A critical examination of the belief in a life after death. Charles C. Thomas, Springfield IL, 1961.

Ducasse, C. J. How good is the evidence for survival after death? Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, 53(3):90-105 (Jul 1959).

Ducasse, C.J. Review of: Raynor C. Johnson, The imprisoned splendor. Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, pp. 120-123 (ca 1954).

Dumas, A. La science de l'ame. Ocia, Paris, 1947.

Duncan, Lois. Stranger with my face. Little, Brown; Boston, 1981. [fiction]

Duncan, Lois and William Roll.  Out-of-body experiences.  In their, Psychic connections:  a journey into the mysterious world of psi (pp. 14-34). Delacorte Press, New York, 1995. [viii, 264 p, illus]

DuQuette, Lon M.  Angels demons and gods of the new millennium:  musings on modern magick.  Red Wheel, 1997.  [illus]

Duran, Laurel. The blue cord: a semi-autobiographical novel. DuirSoul Books, Santa Fe NM, 1995.  [fiction]

Durville, H. Projection of the human double. Annals of Psychical Science, 9:477-479 (1910).

Durville, H. Experimental researches concerning phantoms of the living. Annals of Psychical Science, 7:335-343 (1908).

Durville, H. Le fantôme des vivants. Librairie du Magnétisme, Paris, 1909.

 

E

 

Eadie, Betty J.  Embraced by the light.  Gold Leaf Press, Placerville CA, 1992. [large print edition, G.K. Hall, 1993.  Also on audio-cassette.]

Eagle Feather, Ken. A Toltec path: A user's guide to the teachings of don Juan Matus, Carlos Castaneda, and other Toltec seers. Hampton Roads, Charlottesville VA, 1995. [273p, notes, bibl]

Eagle Feather, Ken. Traveling with power: The exploration and development of perception. Hampton Roads Publishing, Charlottesville VA, 1992.

The early era [interview with Robert Monroe, Canadian Broadcasting Corp].  Interstate Industries, Nellysford VA. [audiotape]

Earnest, David. Sixteen ways to leave your body. dje@netcom.com, 1994.

Earth to God, come in please. See: Dreams: A key to life

East, John N. Man the immortal. Psychic Press, London, 1960. [Foreword by W. Y. Evans-Wentz, intro by Geraldine Cummins, xxi, 231p, bibl.]

Eastman, Margaret. The evidence for out-of-body experience and the denial of death. Proceedings, Society for Psychical Research, 53:287-309 (Dec 1962).

Eastman, Margaret. Out-of-the-body experiences. Proceedings of the Society for Psychical Research, 53(193):287-309 (Dec 1962). [case studies, consideration of causes and physiological characteristics]

See: Heywood, Rosalind. Correspondence: Out-of-body experiences. Journal of the Society for Psycical Research, 42(716):86 (1963). [discusses incidence of OBE]

Ebon, Martin. The Moody phenomena.  Chap 3 in his, The evidence for life after death (pp. 24-36), New American Library, New York, 1977.

Ebon, Martin (Ed.).  The Signet handbook of para-psychology.  Signet, 1978.

Eby, Carol. Astral odyssey: Exploring out-of-body experiences. Samuel Weiser, York Beach ME, 1996. [xi + 255p. bibl, index]

Eby, Richard E.  In my father's house.  In his, Caught up in paradise (pp. 197-108).  Fleming H. Revell, Tappan NJ, 1978.

Edgar, William C.  The adventure of dying.  The Spectator, 5 198:185-186 (Feb 11, 1928).

Edge, Henry Travers. The astral light: Nature's cosmic picture gallery. Point Loma Publications, San Diego CA, 1975. [55p.]

Edminster, Alice W. We are the fallen angels. Exposition Press, Hicksville NY, 1979. [46p]

Edsall, FS.  The world of psychic phenomena. Bell, New York, 1958.

Edwards, Mary.  Review of Robert Selzer’s, Raising the dead.  Journal of Near-Death Studies.

               See:  Abanes, Richard.  Letter:  on Mary Edwards’ review. Journal of Near-Death Studies, 15(1):75-77 (Fall, 1996).

Ehrenwald, Jan. Letter to the editor. Parapsychology Review, 12(6):26-27 (Nov-Dec 1981).

Ehrenwald, Jan.  Out-of-the-body experiences and the denial of death.  In his, The ESP experience: A psychiatric validation (pp. 151-161).  Basic Books, New York, 1978. [308p, index, bibl.  Also in Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 159(4):227-233 (Oct 1974).]

Ehrenwald, Jan. Out-of-the-body experiences and the denial of death. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 159(4):227-233 (Oct 1974).

Ehrenwald, Jan. Review of: Ingo Swann, To kiss earth good-bye. Journal of Parapsychology, 39:347-350 (1975).

Ehrenwald, Jan.  Survival after death. In his, The ESP experience:  a psychiatric validation (pp. 231-236).  Basic Books, New York, 1978.

Eisen, William (Ed.). Soul projection: Out-of-body experiences. In his, The Agashan discourses: The Agashan teachers speak on the who, what, where, when, and why of life on the earth plane (pp. 221-244). DeVorss, Marina del Rey CA, 1978. [368p. Channeled]

Eisenberg, Howard. Out-of-the-body experiences. In his, Inner spaces: Parapsychological explorations of the mind (pp. 48-50). Musson Book, Don Mills, Ontario, 1977. [184p, index, bibl]

Eliade, Mircea. Immortality and freedom. [2nd ed., trans. from the French by W. R. Trask.] Princeton University Press, Princeton NJ, 1969.

Eliade, Mircea. Shamanism: Archaic techniques of ecstasy [2nd ed.]. Routledge & Kegan Paul, London, 1970.

Eliade, Mircea. The two and the one. Harvill Press, London, 1965.

Eliot, T. S. The dry salvages. In his, The complete poems and plays of T. S. Eliot (pp.117-149). Harcourt, Brace, New York, 1952. [fiction]

Ellenberger, H. F. The discovery of the unconscious. Basic Books, 1970.

Elliotson, J. Reports of various trials of the clairvoyance of Alexis Didier last summer in London. Zoist, 2:477-529 (1845).

Ellison, A. J. Essay-review of J. H. M. Whiteman's Old and New Evidence on the Meaning of Life. Journal of the Society for Psychical Research, 54(807):146-151 (Apr 1987).

Ellison, Arthur. The paranormal: A scientific exploration of the supernatural. Dodd Mead, New York, 1988. [159p, illus, index, bibl, gloss]

Ellison, Arthur.  The reality of the paranormal. Book Club, London, 1988.  [illus.  Examination of apparitions, clairvoyance, out-of-the-body experiences, paranormal healing poltergeists, psychic powers, reincarnation, seances, telepathy]

Ellwood, Gracia Fay.  Distressing near-death experiences as photographic negatives.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 15(2):83-114 (Winter, 1996).

Ellwood, Robert.  Review of Carol Zaleski’s Otherworld Journeys.  Parabola, 12(2):107-109, 111 (May, 1987).

Emley, Alban M. Adventures into the unknown [4 vol.]. House-Warven, Los Angeles, 1950.

Erickson, Richard C.  Death or apparent death?  Review of The Near-Death Experience:  Problems, Prospects, Perspectives.  Contemporary Psychology, 30(11):896-897 (1985).

Erst, Ed. Affirmations and OOBE. http://www.spiritweb.org/Spirit/obe-affirmation.html, 1994.

Erst, Ed. Hemi-Sync: Self experiment. http://www.spiritweb.org/Spirit/hemisync.html, 1994.

L'Engle, Madeleine. A wind in the door. Farrar, Straus and Giroux, New York,1973. [fiction]

L'Esperance, Ed. Being stuck in the physical: Concepts. http://www.lava.net/~goodin/articles/ed2.html, 1996.

L'Esperance, Ed. Two techniques for astral projection. http://www.lava.net/~goodin/articles/ed1.html, 1996.

Evans, Hilary. Alternate states of consciousness: Unself, otherself, and superself. Aquarian Press, Wellingborough, Northamptonshire, England, 1989. [265p, index, bibl]

Evans, Hilary. Experiments in projection. In her, Visions, apparitions, alien visitors: A comparative study of the entity enigma (pp. 195-208). Aquarian Press, Wellingborough, Northamptonshire, England, 1984. [320p, illus, index, bibl]

Evans-Wentz, W. Y. [Comp. & Ed.]. The Tibetan book of the dead. London: Oxford University Press, 1960.

Eysenck, Hans J and Carl Sargent.  Explaining the unexplained:  mysteries of the paranormal.  BCA, London, 1982. [revised edition 1993]

 

 

F

 

Fabricius, Johannes. Dodsoplevelsens psykologi. Rhodos, Copenhagen, 1973. [125p. illus. Danish]

Fahy, Christopher. Nightflyer. Jove Publications, New York, 1982. [fiction]

Fairbanks, Rollin J.  Review of Raymond Moody's Life after life.  Journal of Pastoral Care, 32:71-72 (Mar, 1978).

Faraday, A. The dream game. Penguin, Harmondsworth UK, 1976.

Faraday, A. Dream power. Coward, McCann, and Geoghegan, New York, 1972.  [Also published by Berkley Publishing, New York, 1972]

Farina, Bernardo. Continuous conscious projection provoked by vibrational state, Journal of Conscientiology, vol 4, no. 14 (Oct, 2001), International Academy of Conscientiology, New York.  [author’s OBE]

Farthing, Geoffrey. Exploring the great beyond. The Theosophical Publishing House, Wheaton IL, 1978.

Federation of Spiritual Church. Grand souvenir book. Federation of Spiritual Church, 1948.

Felsky, Camila.  My first lucid projection, Journal of Conscientiology, vol 3, no. 9 (Jan, 2000), International Academy of Conscientiology, New York.  [author’s OBE]

Ferguson, Miles.  My encounters with the light:  Jesus and the janitor. Galde, 1999. [171p. A janitor recalls his OBEs, including his encounter with Jesus.]

Fernandes, Luísa Cristina.  Tanatophobia, Journal of Conscientiology, vol 1, no. 2 (Oct, 1998), International Academy of Conscientiology, New York.  [Projectiological and conscientiological viewpoints on death, suggestions for amelioration of fear of death]

Fernandes, Luísa and Nanci Trivellato.  Projectarium chamber optimized to support out-of-body experiences,  Journal of Conscientiology, vol 5, no. 17 (July, 2002), International Academy of Conscientiology, New York. [Description of design and function of a “projectarium,” use for inducing altered states and OBE.]

Fenwick, Peter and Elizabeth Fenwick. The truth in the light: an investigation of over 300 near-death experiences. Berkley Books, New York, 1997. [278p]

Ferguson, Robert A. Adventures in psychic development. Regency Press, London and New York, 1972. [204p, illus]

Ferguson, Robert A. Psychic telemetry: New key to health, wealth, and perfect living. Parker Publishing Co, West Nyack NY, 1977. [207p.]

Ferris, Tim.  Review of Kenneth Ring's Life at death.  New York Times Book Review, 85:16 (Sept 28, 1980).

Finding the light. St Martin's Press, New York, 1994. [audio tape; interviews with Robert A. Monroe, Rick Stack, Stephen LaBerge, and Raymond A. Moody]

Finamore, J.  Iamblichus and the theory of the vehicle of the soul.  Scholars Press, California. 1985.  [173p, illus]

Finley, Mark with Steven R. Mosley. Dark tunnels and bright lights: the real truth about life after death. Pacific Press, Boise ID. 1994.

Fiore, Charles, and Alan Landsburg.  Death encounters.  Bantam, New York, 1979. [197p]

Fiore, Edith.  I'm...floating.  In her, You have been here before (pp. 228-251). Coward, McCann & Geoghegan, New York, 1978.

Firsoff, Valdemar Axel. Life, mind, and galaxies. Oliver & Boyd, Edinburgh UK, 1967.

Fischer, Reinhard. Raumfahrt der Seele: Erlebnisse im Umkreis d. Mentalprojektion. Verlag Hermann Bauer, Freiburg, Germany, 1975. [270p, illus, bibl. German]

Fisher, R. Cartography of inner spaces. In R. K. Siegel & L. J. West (Eds.), Hallucinations: Behavior, Experience, and Theory (pp. 197-239), John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1975.

Fiss, H.; Klein, G.; & Bokert, E. Waking fantasies following interruption of two types of sleep. Archives of General Psychiatry, 14:543-551 (1966).

Fitzell, William. American mystic: a journey of crossing the border. Lone Pine Press, New York, 1992. [160 p, illus, bibl]

Fix, William R. Star maps: Astonishing new evidence from ancient civilisations and modern scientific research of man's origins and return to the stars. Octopus, London, 1979.

Flannagan, Finbarr.  Moody's Life after life.  Clergy Review, 66:403-409 (Nov, 1981).

Flew, A. Parapsychology: Science or pseudoscience? In P. Kurtz (Ed.), A Skeptic's Handbook of Parapsychology, pp. 519-536, Prometheus, Buffalo NY, 1985.

Flew, Antony (Ed.).  Readings in the philosophical problems of parapsychology. Prometheus Books, Buffalo, 1987.  [Readings exploring philosophical problems implied by alleged phenomena as ESP, psychokinesis, and out-of-body experiences]

Flournoy, TH.  From India to the planet Mars:  a study of a case of somnabulism (with glossolalia).  Harper & Brothers, New York, 1900.  [447p. illus.  Author was professor of psychology at Geneva.  OBEs of a person indicating life on mars, "Hindoo cycle," and turn-of-the-century psychology and mysticism.  Translated by Daniel B. Vermilye]

Floyd, Keith.  ECT:  TNT or TLC?: a near-death experience triggered by electroconvulsive therapy.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 14(3):187-196 (Spring, 1996).

Flynn, Charles P.  Death and the primacy of love in works of Dickens, Hugo, and Wilder.  Anabiosis, 4(2):125-141 (Fall, 1984).

Flynn, Charles P. After the beyond: human transformation and the near-death experience. Prentice-Hall, EnglewoodCliffs NJ, 1986. [190p]

Flynn, Charles P. Meanings and implications of NDEr transformations:  some preliminary findings and implications.  Anabiosis, 2(1):3-14 (June, 1982). [Reprinted in Bruce Greyson and Charles P. Flynn [Eds.], The Near-Death Experience:  Problems, Prospects, Perspectives (pp. 278-289).  Charles C. Thomas, Springfield IL, 1984.]

Fodor, Nandor. Encyclopaedia of psychic science. London, 1934. [Published in revised edition by University Books, New York, 1966.]

Fodor, Nandor. Out-of-the-body experiences. In his, The haunted mind: A psychoanalyst looks at the supernatural (pp. 173-185). Helix Press, New York, 1959. [314p, index. Also published by Signet Books, New York, 1968]

Ford, Arthur, as told to Jerome Ellison.  The life beyond (pp. 201-204).  G.P. Putnam's Sons, New York, 1971. [Also published by Medallion, 1971.]

Ford, Marvin.  On the other side.  Logos International, Plainfield NJ, 1978.  [230p]

Forhan, Marcel Lewis. See Yram.

Foster, Roz. Astral techniques? http://www.lava.net/~goodin/articles/foster1.html, 1996.

Fox, Oliver [pseudonym of Hugh G. Colloway]. [Introduction by Ralph Shirley.] Astral projection: A record of out-of-the-body experiences [alternate subtitle: A record of research]. Rider, London, 1939. [160p. Also published by Citadel Press, Secaucus NJ, 1962 and by University Books, New Hyde Park NY, 1962]

Fox, Oliver [pseudonym for Hugh G. Colloway]. Dream-travelling: Some additional notes. Occult Review, 38:332-338 (1923).

Fox, Oliver [pseudonym for Hugh G. Colloway]. The pineal doorway-A record of research. Occult Review, 31(5):256-264 (May 1920).

Fox, Oliver [pseudonym for Hugh G. Colloway]. Beyond the pineal doorway-A record of research. Occult Review, 31(6):317-327 (Jun 1920).

Fox, Oliver [pseudonym for Hugh G. Colloway]. An Introduction to the study of astral projection with a syllabus of instruction for the course, "Practical Astral Projection". Society of Metaphysicians, Hastings, England, ca 1977. [14p, bibl]

France, Leslie [Ed.]. Breakthrough, Vol 1-6 (1983-1990).  The Monroe Institute, Faber VA, 1991.

Fraser, William.  Hartshorn.  Handmade Books, Burlington, Ontario, Canada, 1999.  [fiction.  An epic quest through astral levels.]

Franco, Eloise. Journey into a strange land. Smith, 1956.

Franklin, R. M. On the acronym "OBE." Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, 69(1):97-98 (Jan 1975).

Freeman, Charleen.  Near-death experiences:  Implications for medical personnel.  Occupational Health Nursing, 33(7):349-359 (July, 1985).

Freire, Augusto.  Near-death experience:  a new opportunity for changing, Journal of Conscientiology, vol 4, no. 13 (July, 2001), International Academy of Conscientiology, New York.  [author’s OBE]

Freytag, Fredericka F.  Hypnosis and the body image.  Julian Press, New York, 1961. [xii, 271p, illus. Induction methodology, psychotherapeutics]

From beyond the Styx:  English gardener tells of experiences while heart stopped.  The Literary Digest.  119:26 (Feb 23, 1935).

Frost, Gavin & Frost, Yvonne. Astral travel: Your guide to the secrets of out-of-body experiences. Samuel Weiser Inc, York Beach ME, 1982. [240p, bibl. Also published by Granada Publishing Ltd, UK]

Fuller, Jean. The magical dilemma of Victor Neuburg. W.H. Allen, London, 1965.

Fulton, Robert. Review of Bruce Greyson’s and Charles P. Flynn’s [Eds.], The Near-Death Experience:  Problems, Prospects, Perspectives.  Contemporary Sociology, 14(4):452-453 (1985).

Funk, I. K. The psychic riddle. Funk and Wagnalls, New York, 1907.

Funk, Joel.  Review of Gary Doore’s Who Survives?  Contemporary Explorations of Life After Death.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 10(4): (Summer, 1992).

Furn, Bette G.  Adjustment and the near-death experience:  a conceptual and therapeutic model.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 6(1):4-19 (Fall, 1987).

For response, see:  Clark, Kimberly.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 6(1):20-23 (Fall, 1987).

Geraci, Joseph B.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 6(1):28-29 (Fall, 1987).

McDonagh, John. Journal of Near-Death Studies, 6(1):24-27 (Fall, 1987).

 

G

 

Gabbard, Glen O.  Review of Carol Zaleski’s Otherworld Journeys.  Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 176(4):252-253 (April, 1988).

Gabbard, Glen O. Review of: Janet Lee Mitchell, Out-of-body experiences: A handbook. Theta, 11:68-69 (1983).

Gabbard, Glen O., Fowler  Jones and Stuart W. Twemlow.  The out-of-body experience. III. Differential diagnosis. Paper presented at the annual meeting of the American Psychiatric Association, San Francisco, 1980.

Gabbard, Glen O. and Stuart W. Twemlow.  An overview of altered mind/body perception.  Bulletin of the Menninger Clinic, 50(4):351-366 (July, 1986).

Gabbard, Glen O. and Stuart W. Twemlow.  Explanatory hypotheses for  near-death experiences.  Re-Vision, 4(2):68-71 (Fall-Winter, 1981).

Gabbard, Glen O. and Stuart W. Twemlow.  With the eyes of the mind: An empirical analysis of out-of-body states. Praeger, New York, 1984. [272p, figs, ref notes, index]

For reviews, see: Blackmore, Susan J. Journal of the Society for Psychical Research, 53:188-192 (1985).

Greyson, Bruce. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, (ca 1988)

Greyson, Bruce. Journal of Near-Death Studies, 6(3):185-198 (Spring 1988).

Irwin, Harvey J. Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, 81:299-303 (1987).

Kastenbaum, Robert.  Omega: The Journal of Death and Dying, 16(2):1778-180 (1985).

Gabbard, Glen O., Stuart W. Twemlow, and Fowler C. Jones.  Differential diagnosis of altered mind/body perception. Psychiatry, 45:361-369 (Nov 1982).

Gabbard, Glen O., Stuart W. Twemlow, and Fowler C. Jones.  Do “near-death experiences” occur only near death?  Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 169:374-377 (1981).

Gackenbach, Jayne. A personality and cognitive style analysis of lucid dreaming. Unpublished doctoral dissertation, Virginia Commonwealth University, Virginia, 1978. [see Dissertation Abstracts International, 39 No. 7]

Gackenbach, Jayne & Bosveld, J. Control your dreams. Harper & Row, New York, 1989.

Gackenbach, Jayne & LaBerge, Stephen, Eds. Conscious mind, sleeping brain. Plenum, New York, 1988. [447p, index, ref notes]

Gallagher, Patrick.  Over easy:  a cultural anthropologist’s near-death experience.  Anabiosis, 2(2):140-144 (1982).

Gallenberger, Joseph. Brothers forever: an unexpected journey beyond death. Hampton Roads Publishing, Charlottesville VA, 1996. [xii, 172 p, bibl]

Gallup, George Jr. with William Proctor.  Adventures in immortality:  a look beyond the threshold of death. McGraw-Hill, New York, 1982. [226p, figs, index] [also published by Souvenir Press, 1983]

For reviews, see: Blackmore, Susan J. Journal of the Society for Psychical Research, 52:215-217 (1983).

Greyson, Bruce.  Theta, 12(2):32-35 (Summer, 1984).

Osis, Karlis. Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, 77:180-185 (1983).

Ring, Kenneth.  Anabiosis, 2(2):160-165 (Dec, 1982).

Schumer, Fran R.  New York Times Book Review, p. 14. (Sept 5, 1982).

Strommen, Merton P.  Christian Century, 100:375 (April 20, 1983).

Gangi, G.  Il mondo astrale e i suoi abitanti. Hermes, Rome, 1980  [Italian].

Gardner, E. L. The nature and function of the soul. Theosophical Publishing House, London, 1946.

Garfield, Charles A.  Consciousness alteration and fear of death.  Journal of Transpersonal Psychology, 7(2):147-175 (1975).

Garfield, Charles A.  The dying patients' concern with life after death.  In Robert Kastenbaum [Ed.], Between life and death.  Springer Publishing, New York, 1979.  [Reprinted in Craig Lundahl [Comp.], A collection of near-death readings (pp. 160-164), Nelson-Hall Publishers, Chicago, 1982.]

Garfield, Patricia L. Creative dreaming. Simon & Schuster, New York, 1974. [also published by Ballantine, New York, 1976]

Garfield, Patricia L. Pathway to Ecstasy: The way of the dream mandala. Holt, Rinehart & Winston, New York, 1979.

Garfield, Mitchell.  Review of Raymond Moody's Life after life.  Journal of Popular Culture, 11:622-624 (Winter, 1977).

Garrett, Eileen J. Adventures in the supernormal: A personal memoir. Creative Age Press, New York, 1949.

Garrett, Eileen J. (Ed.) Beyond the five senses. Lippincott, Philadelphia, 1957. [384p, gloss]

Garrett, Eileen J. My life as a search for the meaning of mediumship. London, 1939. [Also published in New York, 1939.]

Garrison, Omar V (Ed.).  Lost gems of secret knowledge:  a remarkable anthology.  University Books, New Hyde Park NY, 1973.  [general psi]

Garver, Will L. Brother of the third degree. Purdy, 1923.

Garvey, John.  Death and therapy.  Commonweal, 104(15):471-473 (July 22, 1977).

Gauld, Alan. The founders of psychical research. Routledge & Kegan Paul, London, 1968.

Gauld, Alan O.  Out-of-the-body experiences and apparitions.  Chap 14 in his, Mediumship and Survival:  a Century of Investigations (pp. 215-230).  Heinemann, London, 1982. [287p, ref notes, index, bibl]

Gaynor, F. Dictionary of mysticism. Wildwood House, London, 1974.

Geddes, Auckland.  A voice from the grandstand.  Edinburgh Medical Journal, 44, 6:365-384 (June 1937).

Genova, Amy Sunshine.  The near-death experience.  McCalls, 115(5):103-106 (Feb, 1988).

George, Leonard. Out-of-body experience. In his, Alternative realities: The paranormal, the mystic and the transcendent in human experience (pp. 204-208). Facts On File, New York, 1995. [360p, bibl, index]

George, L. and S[tanley] Krippner.  Mental imagery and psi phenomena: A review. In S. Krippner (Ed.), Advances in parapsychological research 4 (pp. 64-82). McFarland, Jefferson NC, 1984.

Geraci, Joseph B.  Comments on Bette Furn’s Adjustment and the near-death experience.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 6(1):28-29 (Fall, 1987).

Gerhardi, William. Resurrection. London, 1934. [fiction]

Ghosh, M.K. Life beyond death. Asia Book Corp, 1985.

Giesler, P. V. Lucid OBEs: A case report. Parapsychology Review, 17(5):5-7 (Sep/Oct 1986).

Gibbs, John C.  Moody’s versus Siegel’s interpretation of the near-death experience:  an evaluation based on recent research.  Anabiosis, 5(2):67-82 (1987).

Gibbs, John C.  The near-death experience:  Balancing Siegel’s view.   American Psychologist, 36(11):1457-1458 (1981). [Reprinted in Bruce Greyson and Charles P. Flynn [Eds.], The Near-Death Experience:  Problems, Prospects, Perspectives (pp. 121-124).  Charles C. Thomas, Springfield IL, 1984.]

Gibbs, John C.  Three perspectives on tragedy and suffering:  the relevance of near-death experience research.  Journal of Psychology & Theology, 16(1):21-33 (Spring, 1988).

Gibson, Arvin S.  Commentary on “frightening near-death experiences.”  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 15(2):141-149 (Winter, 1996).

Gibson, Litzka R and Walter B. Gibson.  The mystic and occult arts: A guide to their use in daily living. Parker Publishing Co, West Nyack NY, 1969. [224p.]

Gibson, Sandra. Beyond the Mind. Tower Publications, New York, 1981.

Gier, Nicholas F.  Humanistic self-judgment and the after-death experience.  In Immortality and human destiny:  a variety of views (pp. 3-20).  Paragon House, New York, 1985.

Gieseke, Gloria M.  Where is the music?:  the multiple near-death experiences of a world traveler.  Password Publications, 1999.

Gilbert, J. Experiments on projection of the double. Annals of Psychical Science, 9:472-473 (1910).

Gildea, William.  Nine minutes of death:  a return from beyond.  Washington Post, June 3, 1977, B1, B3.

Giletto, Michael J. Identity, Pain, Astral Projection. M. Giletto, Richmond VA, 1972.

Ginzburg, C. The night battles: Witchcraft and agrarian cults in the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries. Penguin, New York, 1985.

Ginzburg, C. Ecstasies: Deciphering the witches' sabbath. Pantheon Books, New York, 1991.

Giovetti, Paola. Italian studies compare NDE, OBE findings. Vital Signs, 3(4):1-3 (1984).

Giovetti, Paola.  Near-death and deathbed experience:  an Italian survey. Theta, 10(1):10-13 (Spring, 1982).

Giovetti, Paola. Out-of-body experiences: An Italian survey. Theta, 11(3):63-66 (1983).

Giovetti, Paola.  Viaggi dell’anima.  Armenia, Milan, 1989.  [Italian]

Giovetti, Paola. Viaggi senza corpo. Armenia, Milan, 1983. [Italian]

Glaskin, Gerald M. A door to infinity: proving the Christos experience. Avery, Garden City Park NY, 1989. [183p, bibl.  Also published by Wildwood House, London, 1979.]

Glaskin, Gerald M. Windows of the mind: Exploring the Christos technique of mind travel. Prism Press, San Leandro CA, 1974. [207p. Also published by Wildwood, London]

Glicksohn, J. Psi and altered states of consciousness. Journal of Parapsychology, 50:213-233 (1986).

Glicksohn, J. The structure of subjective experience: Interdependencies along the sleep-wakefulness continuum. Journal of Mental Imagery, 13:99-106 (1989).

Godwin, Malcolm. Dreams of awakening, in his The lucid dreamer: a waking guide for the traveler between worlds (pp 93-99, ff). Simon & Schuster, New York, 1994. [256p, illus, refs, index]

Gold, E.J. The seven bodies of man. Gateways/IDHHB Publishers, Nevada City CA, 1989. [123 p, index]

Goldberg, Bruce.  Astral voyages: mastering the art of soul travel. Llewellyn Publications, St. Paul MN, 1999. [288p]

Goldberg, Bruce. Conscious out of body experience for conscious dying. [audio tape]

Goldberg, Bruce. Out-of-body experience. [audio tape]

Goldberg, Bruce.  Past lives, future lives. New York, NY, U.S.A.: Ballantine Publishing Group, 1988. [case histories]

Goleman, Daniel.  Back from the brink.  Psychology Today, 10(11):56-60 (April, 1977).

Goleman, Daniel.  The art of dying.  Psychology Today, 10(11):58-59 (April, 1977).

Gomez, Elaine Ann.  The aftereffects of Near-death experience.  MS thesis, Ohio State University, College of Nursing, 1986. [110p]

Gomez-Jeria, Juan S. and Carlos Madrid-Aliste.  Evolution and the relationship between brain and mind states.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 14(4):251-272 (Summer, 1996).

Gooden, Charles (Ed.). Astral projection tips. http://www.lava.net/~goodin/articles, 1996.

Goodman, Felicitas D. Where the spirits ride the wind: Trance journeys and other ecstatic experiences. Indiana University Press, Bloomington IN, 1990. [xii + 242p, illus]

Gordon, Brooke [A].  From theory to practice, Journal of Conscientiology, vol 3, no. 11 (Jan, 2001), International Academy of Conscientiology, New York.  [author’s OBE]

Gordon, Brooke A.  The pineal gland:  physical or multidimensional?  Journal of Conscientiology, vol 2, no. 7 (Jan, 2000), International Academy of Conscientiology, New York.  [Discussion of features and functions of pineal gland as link between the physical and extraphysical dimensions]

Gowan, John Curtis. Out-of-body experience (OBE) and bilocation. In his, Operations of increasing order. [self-published] Westlake Village CA, 1980. [384p, index, bibl]

DeGracia, Donald J. Do OBE: How to astral project. http://www.lava.net/~goodin/do_obe/index.html, 1994.

DeGracia, Donald J. Plane talk: Astral meanderings. http://www.lava.net/~goodin/library2.html, 1996.

DeGracia, Donald J. A retrospective analysis of the phenomenology of OBE: Accounts collected via the international computer networks. 72662.1335@compuserve.com, 1994.

Grafton, Nora. P. My own true psychic adventures. Tolff, 1977.

Grant, John.  Great Mysteries:  illustrated survey of the unexplained—the stories, the myths, the facts.  Chartwell, Secaucus NJ, 1988.  [127p, illus]

Graze, Richard. Astral Projection: a beginner's guide. Hodder and Stoughton, London, 1996.

Green, B. The effects of parapsychological therapy techniques on out-of-the-body experience. Proceedings of the Second International Congress on Psychotronic Research. International Association for Psychotronic Research, Monaco, 1975.

Green, Carl R. & William R. Sanford. Out-of-body experiences [Exploring the Unknown series]. Enslow Pub, Hillside NJ, 1993. [48 p, illus]

Green, Celia E. Analysis of spontaneous cases. Proceedings of the Society for Psychical Research, 53:97-161 (1960).

Green, Celia E. Ecsomatic experiences and related phenomena. Journal of the Society for Psychical Research, 44(733):111-131 (1967).

Green, Celia E. (Forward by H. H. Price). Lucid dreams. Published for the Institute for Psychophysical Research by Hamish Hamilton, London, 1968. [194p, ref notes, index]

For review, see: Tart, Charles T. Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, 64:271-277 (1970).

Green, Celia E. Out-of-the-body experiences. Published for the Institute of Psychophysical Research by Hamish Hamilton, London, 1968. [142p, ref notes, index, bibl. Also published by Ballantine Books, New York, 1973]

For review, see: Tart, Charles T. Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, 64:271-277 (1970).

Green, Celia E. Spontaneous "paranormal" experiences in relation to sex and academic background. Journal of the Society for Psychical Research, 43(729):357-363 (Sep 1966).

Green, Celia E. & McCreery, Charles. Apparitions and out-of-the-body experiences. In their, Apparitions (pp. 26-32). Hamish Hamilton, London. 1975. [218p. Proceedings of the Institute for Psychophysical Research, Vol 5]

Green, E. E. et al. Voluntary controls project: Swami Rama; Preliminary report. The Menninger Foundation, 6 June 1970.

Green, J. Timothy and Penelope Friedman.  Near-death experiences in a southern California population.  Anabiosis, 3(1):77-95 (June, 1983).

Green, J. Timothy.  Lucid dreams as one method of replicating components of the near-death experience in a laboratory setting.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 14(1):49-60 (Fall, 1995).

Greenburg, Dan. I'm out of my body-- please leave a message. Grosset & Dunlap, New York, c1997. [57p, fiction, illustrated by Jack E. Davis, fiction]

Greene, F. Gordon.  A glimpse behind the life review.  Journal of Religion and Psychical Research, 4(2):113-130 (April, 1981).

Greene, F. Gordon.  A glimpse behind the life review.  Theta, 8(2):10-14 (Spring, 1980).

Greene, F. Gordon.  Homer’s Odysseus as an ecstatic voyager.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 14(4):225-250 (Summer, 1996).

Greene, F. Gordon.  Motifs of passage into worlds imaginary and fantastic.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 10(4):205-232 (Summer, 1992).

Greene, F. Gordon.  Multiple mind/body perspectives and the out-of-body experience.  Anabiosis, 3(1):39-62 (June, 1983).

Greene, F. Gordon. The out-of-body experience: Extrasomatic or intrasomatic phenomenon? A non-Euclidean higher space approach. Journal of Religion and Psychical Research, 6(3):159-180 (Jul 1983).

Greene, F. Gordon.  Review of Bruce Greyson’s and Charles P. Flynn’s [Eds.], The Near-Death Experience:  Problems, Prospects, Perspectives.  Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, 80(4):444-450 (Oct, 1986).

Greene, F. Gordon.  Review of Craig Lundahl’s, A Collection of Near-Death Research Readings.  Theta, 12(4):94-96 (Winter, 1984).

Greene, F. Gordon.  Review of Kenneth Ring’s Heading Toward Omega.  Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, 81(1):67-73 (1987).

Greene, F. Gordon.  Review of Michael Grosso’s The Final Choice:  Playing the Survival Game.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 7(1):44-54 (Fall, 1988).

Greene, H. Leon. If I should wake before I die: the medical and biblical truth about near-death experiences. Crossway Books, Wheaton IL, 1997. [334p]

Greene, J.T. The silver cord. De Voss & Company, 1986.

Greene, Richard A. The handbook of astral projection. Next Step Publications, Cambridge MA, 1979.

Greene, Richard A. The handbook of astral power. Next Step Publications, Nashua NH, 1979. [169p. Revised from The handbook of astral projection]

Greenhouse, H[erbert] B. The astral journey. Avon, New York, 1974. [359p, bibl, index] [also published by Doubleday, Garden City NY, 1975; popular overview of cases and research]

For review, see: Rogo, D. Scott. Parapsychology Review, 6(6):12-14 (Nov-Dec 1975).

Greenhouse, H[erbert] B. Your questions answered about astral projection or "out-of-body" experiences. In his, The book of psychic knowledge: All your questions answered (pp. 160-171). Taplinger, New York, 1973. [253p, bibl]

Gregory, R. L. Odd perceptions. Methuen, London, 1986.

Grey, Margot.  Return from death:  an exploration of the near-death experience.  Arkana, Boston, 1985.  [206p.  Also published in London]

For reviews, see:  Alvarado, Carlos S.  Journal of Parapsychology, 51(2):176-180 (June, 1987).

Matlock, James G.  Journal of the American Psychical Association, 81(4):392-396 (Oct, 1987).

Osis, Karlis.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 7(3):183-189 (Spring, 1989).

Grey, Margot.  Return from death:  an exploration of the near-death experience.  Journal of Parapsychology, 51:176-180 (June, 1987).

Grey, Margot.  The near-death experience.  Dynamische Psychiatrie, 15(3-4);129-147 (1982).

Grey, Margot.  The near-death experience:  its place in humanistic psychology. MA thesis, Antioch University, 1983. [82p]

Greyson, Bruce.  Incidence of near-death experiences following attempted suicide.  Suicide & Life-Threatening Behavior, 16(1):40-45 (Spring, 1986).

Greyson, Bruce.  Increase in psychic phenomena following near-death experiences.  Theta, 11(2):26-29 (Summer, 1983).

Greyson, Bruce.  The investigation of near-death experiences.  Journal of Indian Psychology, 2(1):7-11 (1979).

Greyson, Bruce.  Letter:  Bruce Greyson responds [to Osis’ letter on NDEs and satisfaction with life].  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 14(3):218-219 (Spring, 1996).

Greyson, Bruce. The near-death experience as a focus of clinical attention. J Nerv Ment Dis (May, 1997).

Greyson, Bruce.  The near-death experience scale:  construction, reliability, and validity.  Journal of Nervious & Mental Disease, 171(6):369-375 (June, 1983). [Reprinted in Bruce Greyson and Charles P. Flynn [Eds.], The Near-Death Experience:  Problems, Prospects, Perspectives (pp. 45-60).  Charles C. Thomas, Springfield IL, 1984.]

Greyson, Bruce.  Near-death experiences and attempted suicide.  Suicide and Life-Threatening Behavior, 11(1):10-16 (Spring, 1981). [Reprinted in Bruce Greyson and Charles P. Flynn [Eds.], The Near-Death Experience:  Problems, Prospects, Perspectives (pp. 259-256).  Charles C. Thomas, Springfield IL, 1984.]

Greyson, Bruce.  Near-death experiences and personal values.  American Journal of Psychiatry, 140(5):618-620 (May, 1983).

Greyson, Bruce.  Near-death experiences precipitated by suicide attempt:  lack of influence of psychopathology, religion, and expectations.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 9(3):183-188 (Spring, 1991).

Greyson, Bruce.  Near-death studies, 1981-1982:  a review.  Anabiosis,  2(2):150-158 (Dec, 1982).

Greyson, Bruce.  The psychodynamics of near-death experiences.  Journal of Nervous & Mental Disease, 171(6):376-381 (June, 1983).  [Reprinted in Bruce Greyson and Charles P. Flynn [Eds.], The Near-Death Experience:  Problems, Prospects, Perspectives (pp. 163-175).  Charles C. Thomas, Springfield IL, 1984.]

Greyson, Bruce.  Review of Clark Sharp’s After the light:  what I discovered on the other side of life that can change your world.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 15(3):217-222 (Spring, 1997).

Greyson, Bruce.  Review of Craig R. Lundahl’s  A collection of near-death research readings.  Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, 77(4):356-361 (Summer, 1983).

Greyson, Bruce.  Review of George Gallup, Jr.’s Adventures in Immortality.  Theta, 12(2):32-35 (Summer, 1984).

Greyson, Bruce.  Review of Glen O. Gabbard’s and Stuart W. Twemlow’s With the Eyes of the Mind: an empirical analysis of out-of-body states. Journal of Near-Death Studies, 6(3):185-198 (Spring, 1988).

Greyson, Bruce.  Review of Glen O. Gabbard’s and  Stuart W. Twemlow’s With the eyes of the mind:  an empirical analysis of out-of-body states. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, ca 1988.

Greyson, Bruce.  Review of Raymond A. Moody, Jr.’s and Paul Perry’s Reunions:  Visionary Encounters with Departed Loved Ones.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 14(4):281-286 (Summer, 1996).

Greyson, Bruce.  A typology of near-death experience.  American Journal of Psychiatry, 142(8):967-969 (Aug, 1985).

Greyson, Bruce.  Toward a psychological explanation of Near-death experiences:  a response to Dr. Grosso’s Paper.  Anabiosis, 1(2):88-103 (Dec, 1981).

Greyson, Bruce. Varieties of near-death experience. Psychiatry (Nov, 1993).

Greyson, Bruce, and Charles P. Flynn (Eds.). The near-death experience:  problems, prospects, perspectives. Charles C. Thomas, Springfield IL, 1984. [289p, bibl. Forward by Michael Sabom.]

For reviews, see:  Alvarado, Carlos S.  Journal of Nervous and Mental disease, 174(7):434-435 (July, 1986).

Blackmore, Susan.  Journal of Parapsychology, 49(3):265-270 (Sept, 1985).

Fulton, Robert.  Contemporary Sociology, 14(4):452-453 (1985).

Greene, F. Gordon.  Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, 80(4):444-450 (Oct, 1986).

Kastenbaum, Robert.  Omega: The Journal of Death and Dying, 16(2):1778-180 (1985).

Kelly, Martin J.  Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry, 19(1):73-75 (1986).

Mickel, Howard A.  Anabiosis, 5(1):65-70 (Spring, 1985).

Greyson, Bruce and Barbara Harris.  Clinical approaches to the near-death experiencer.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 6(1):41-52 (Fall, 1987).

Greyson, Bruce, and Ian Stevenson.  A phenomenological analysis of near-death experiences.  In W.G. Roll [Ed.], Research in parapsychology (pp. 49-50), Scarecrow Press, Metuchen NJ, 1979.

Greyson, Bruce, and Ian Stevenson.  The phenomenology of near-death experiences.  American Journal of Psychiatry, 137(10):1193-1196 (Oct, 1980).

Griffin, Peni R. Margo's house. Margaret K. McElderry Books, New York, ca 1996. [fiction, 122 p]

Groddeck, George W. The unknown self. Vision Press, London, 1951.

Grof, Stanislav. Realms of the human unconscious: observations from LSD research.  Viking Press, New York, 1975.

Grof, Stanislav.  Out-of-body experiences, traveling clairvoyance and clairaudience, space travels and telepathy. In his, Realms of the human unconscious: Observations from LSD research (pp. 186-190). Viking, New York, 1975. [257p, illus, index, bibl]

Grof, Stanislav.  Review of Kenneth Ring’s Heading Toward Omega.  Journal of Transpersonal Psychology, 16(2):245-246 (1984).

Grof, Stanislav and Christina Grof.  Beyond death:  the gates of consciousness.  Thames and Hudson, London and New York, 1980.  [96p]

Grof, Stanislav, and Joan Halifax.  The human encounter with death.  EP Dutton, New York, 1977.  [xii, 240 p, foreword by Elisabeth Kübler-Ross]

Grof, Stanislav, and Joan Halifax-Grof.  Psychedelics and the experience of death.  In Arnold Toynbee [ed.], Life after death (pp. 182-202).  McGraw-Hill, New York, 1976.

Grof-Marnat, Gary and Jack F. Schumaker.  The near-death experience:  a review and critique. Journal of Humanistic Psychology, 29(1):109-133 (Winter, 1989).

de Groot, H. G. M. Out-of-the-body experiences. Tijdschrift voor Parapsychologie, 58(3/4):18-33 (Dec, 1990). [39 refs]

Groothuis, Douglas R. Deceived by the light. Harvest House, Eugene OR, 1995.

Gross, Darwin. Your right to know. Illuminated Way Publishing, 1979.

Gross, John. Books of the times [review of Carol Zaleski’s Otherworld Journeys.] New York Times, April 7, 1987, p C20.

Grosso, Michael.  The final choice:  playing the survival game.  Stillpoint, Walpole NH, 1985. [348p, ref notes, bibl]

For reviews, see:  Greene, F. Gordon.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 7(1):44-54 (Fall, 1988).

Roll, William G.  Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, 82(2):160-165 (April, 1988).

Grosso, Michael.  Jung, parapsychology, and the near-death experience:  toward a transpersonal paradigm.  Anabiosis, 3(1):3-38 (1983).  [Reprinted in Bruce Greyson and Charles P. Flynn [Eds.], The Near-Death Experience:  Problems, Prospects, Perspectives (pp. 176-214).  Charles C. Thomas, Springfield IL, 1984.]

Grosso, Michael.  NDE’s, Jung, and parapsychology:  a letter.  Theta, 12(2):32-33 (Summer, 1984).

Grosso, Michael. Plato and out-of-the-body experiences. Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, 69(1):61-74 (Jan 1975). [considers Plato's Phaedo and OBEs]

Grosso, Michael. Psi, near-death, mind at large: Some possible connections. In B. Shapin & L. Coly (Eds.), Current Trends in Psi Research: Proceedings of an International Conference held in New Orleans, Louisiana, August 13-14, 1984 (pp. 175-186; discussion pp. 187-191). Parapsychology Foundation, New York, 1986.

Grosso, Michael.  Questions and prospects for Near-death research.  ASPR Newsletter [American Society for Psychical research], 7:4-5 (1981).

Grosso, Michael. Review of: Janet Lee Mitchell, Out-of-body experiences: A handbook. Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, 76:186-188 (1982).

Grosso, Michael.  Review of Kenneth Ring’s Heading Toward Omega,  Anabiosis, 5(1):49-64 (Spring, 1985).

Grosso, Michael.  Review of Kenneth Ring’s Life at Death. Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, 75(2):172-175 (April, 1981).

Grosso, Michael.  Review of Raymond Moody's Life after life..  Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, 70(3):316-320 (July, 1976).

Grosso, Michael.  Self, eternity, and the mysteries.  Anabiosis, 4(2):153-161 (Fall, 1984).

Grosso, Michael. Some varieties of out-of-body experience, Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, 70(2):179-194 (Apr 1976). [also in D. Scott Rogo (Ed.), Mind Beyond the Body: The Mystery of ESP Projection (pp. 52-71). Penguin, New York, 1978]

Grosso, Michael. Soulmaker: True stories from the far side of the psyche. Hampton Roads Publishing Co, Charlottesville VA, 1992. [x + 150p]

Grosso, Michael.  Toward an explanation of near-death phenomena. Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, 75(1):37-60 (Jan, 1981).  [Also in Anabiosis, 1(1):3-26 (July). [Reprinted in Craig R. Lundahl [Comp.], A Collection of Near-Death Research Readings (pp. 205-230), Nelson-Hall Publishers, Chicago, 1982.]

Grubb, W. B. An unknown people in an unknown land. Seely, London, 1911.

Gudjonsson, Thorsteinn. Astrobiology: The science of the universe. Bioradi, Reykjavik, Iceland, 1976. [202p, illus]

Gudjonsson, Thorsteinn. Dreams are the key to the cosmos. Bioradi, Reykjavik, Iceland, 1982. [175p, illus]

Guevara, Patricia and Sotelo, Julio.  Letter:  could endorphins participate in the limbic pathways responsible for NDEs after acute cerebral hypoxia?  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 15(3):225-226 (Spring, 1997).

Guidini, Angélica.  My first out-of-body experience as an adult, Journal of Conscientiology, vol 3, no. 10 (Oct, 2000), International Academy of Conscientiology, New York.  [author’s OBE]

Guillot, Claude. The ghost of Shanghai. 1999. [Fabienne Burckel, illustrator]

Guirlanda, Paul.  Review of Carol Zaleski’s Otherworld Journeys.  Cross Currents, 38:248-250 (Summer, 1988).

Gurdjieff, G. I. Views from the real world: Early talks of G.I. Gurdjieff. E.P. Dutton, New York, 1975.

Guiden, Alan. Traveling: An accidental expert's how-to leave your body handbook. http://www.acadiacom.net/studynet/index2.html, 1995.

Guesne, Jeanne. Le grand passage: mes experiences de dedoublement et de voyage hors du corps. Courrier du livre, Paris, 1978. [173p. French]

Guest, Matt.  The face of power.  (self-published) 2001.

Gurney, Edmund; Myers, F.W.H.; & Podmore, Frank. Phantasms of the living (2 vols.) Trübner (for the Society for Psychical Research), London, 1886, 1887. [vol 1 573p, vol 2 733p, index, footnotes. Abridged and edited by E. M. Sidgwick as Cases of telepathy printed in the Journal of the Society for Psychical Research during 35 years, University Books, New York, 1962.]

For review, see: Alvarado, Carlos S. Parapsychology Review, 18(2):9-12 (Mar-Apr 1987).

Gutiérrez, Alfredo.  Review of Charles T. Tart; Body, mind, spirit; Journal of Conscientiology, vol 1, no. 4 (Apr, 1999), International Academy of Conscientiology, New York.

Gutiérrez, Alfredo.  Understanding the fear of out-of-body projection, Journal of Conscientiology, vol 2, no. 5 (July, 1999), International Academy of Conscientiology, New York.  [Relationship of fear during OBEs to natural response of egocentric controls, suggestions for amelioration of fear]

 

H

 

Hackett, Thomas.  Lazarus complex revisited.  Annals of Internal Medicine, 76(1):135-137 (Jan, 1972).

Haddock, J. W. Somnolism & psycheism (2nd ed.). James S. Hodson, London, 1851.

Haddow, Angus. Out-of-body and near-death experiences: Their impact on religious beliefs. Journal of Religion and Psychical Research, 14(2):75-85 (Apr 1991).

Hales, Carol. Astral errand of mercy.Fate Magazine, vol 16, no 9 (Sep, 1963).

Hall, L. Astral projection: What happens during sleep. Harbinger of Light, 63:53-54 (1932).

Hall, Manly P. Unseen Forces. Los Angeles CA: Philosophical Research Society, Inc., 1978.

Hall, Preston F. Experiments in astral projection. Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, 12:39-60 (1918).

Hallock, Charles. Luminous bodies. 1906.

Hamby, Warren C.  Review of Kenneth Ring’s Life at Death.  Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion. 21(3):289-290 (1982).

Hames, C.C. Several resources are available regarding the death experience. Pediatr Nurs (Jul, 1993). [letter; comment]

Hamilton, Gail [Mary Abigail Dodge]. To the dear old Hamilton Church and the dear young Hamilton pastor (pp. 1058-1060). In, Gale Hamilton's Life in Letters [ed. H. Augusta Dodge].  Lee and Shepard, Boston, 1901.

Hammond, David.  The search for psychic power.  Bantam, New York, 1975.  [291p.  Induction technique]

Hampe, Johann Christoph.  Sterben ist doch ganz anders.  Kreuz Verlag, 1975.

Hampe, Johann Christoph.  To die is gain:  the experience of one's own death.  John Knox, Atlanta GA, 1978.  [145 p.  Translation from Sterben ist doch ganz anders by Margaret Kohl.]

Hampton, Charles.  Transition: a recurring experience.  The Theosophical Press, Wheaton IL, 1944.  [2nd ed.  Process of dying, reincarnation]

Häning, H. Zur Frage nach dem Austritt des menschlichen Ichs. Zeitschrift fürParapsychologie, 7:183-185 (1932). [German]

Hapgood, Charles H.  Voices of spirit.  Delacorte Press, New York, 1975.  [xiii, 336p, illus.  Experiences of trance medium Elwood Babbit]

Haraldson, E.; Gudmundsdottir, A.; Ragnarsson, A.; Loftsson, J. & Jonsson, S. National survey of psychical experiences and attitudes towards the paranormal in Iceland. In J. D. Morris, W. G. Roll, & R. L. Morris (Eds.), Research in Parapsychology 1976 (pp. 182-186), Scarecrow Press, Metuchen NJ, 1977.

Harary, Keith. Out-of-body experiences, Vol I. Pubnet, 1991.

Harary, Keith. PK research on out-of-the-body experiences. Theta, 41 (1973).

Harary, Keith. The role of OBE, lucid dreams, and other altered states in mental health. In proceedings of the conference, The Dynamics of healing: Altered states, ritual & medicine. Institute for Advanced Psychology, San Francisco; May 5, 1991. [available on audiotape from The American Society for Psychical Research]

Harary, Keith & Russell Targ. Astral Travels. 1984.

Harary, Keith & Russell Targ. The Mind Race. Villard Books, New York, 1984.

Harary, Keith & Weintraub, Pamela. Have an out-of-body experience in 30 days: The free flight program. St. Martin's Press, New York, 1989. [xi, 99p, bibl.]

For review, see: Rogo, D. Scott. Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, 85:306-310 (1991).

Harary, Keith & Weintraub, Pamela. Lucid dreams in 30 days: The creative sleep program. St. Martin's Press, New York, ca 1989.

For review, see: Rogo, D. Scott. Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, 85:306-310 (1991).

Harary, K[ieth] & Weintraub, Pamela. Out-of-body experience in 30 days. St. Martin's Press, New York, 1991. [xi, 99p, bibl. Reprint of Harary, K[ieth] & Weintraub, Pamela. Have an out-of-body experience in 30 days: The free flight program. St. Martin's Press, New York, 1989.]

Harary, S. B[lue]. A personal perspective on out-of-body experiences. In D. S. Rogo (Ed.), Mind Beyond the Body: The Mystery of ESP Projection (pp. 260-269). Penguin Books, New York, 1978.

Harary, S. Blue. & Solfvin, G. A study of out-of-body experiences using auditory targets [summary]. In J. D. Morris, W. G. Roll, & R. L. Morris (Eds.), Research in parapsychology 1976 (pp. 57-59). Scarecrow Press, Metuchen NJ, 1977.

Hardt, Dale V.  Death:  the final frontier (pp. 159-162).  Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs NJ, 1979.

Hare, Michael M. Life in a counterpart, and Out-of-the-body experience. In his, The multiple universe: On the nature of spiritual reality (pp. 19-24, and 119-129). Julian Press, New York, 1968. [197p, index, bibl]

Harner, Michael J. (Ed.). Hallucinogens and shamans. Oxford, New York, 1973.

Harner, Michael J. The way of the shaman: A guide to power and healing. Bantam, New York, 1980. [also published by Harper & Row, San Francisco, 1980]

Harper, Constance Ward. Beyond death's curtain. Vantage Press, New York, 1958.

Harpur, T. Near-death experience denied. CMAJ (Nov, 1992). [letter; comment]

Harpur, Tom. Life after death.  McClelland & Stewart, Toronto, 1992.

Harrington, Alan.  The immortalist (pp 23-24). Celestial Arts, Millbrae CA, 1977. [revised edition]

Harris, Barbara and Lionel C. Bascom. Full circle:  the near-death experience and beyond.  Pocket Books, New York, 1990.

Harris, Myles. Out of the body. Spectator, 26(8370):9-11 (10 Dec 1988) [interviews of Brian Josephson, physisist; Susan Blackmore, parapsychologist; and Peter Fenwick, physician]

Harris, Myles.  Out of the body.  The Spectator, 261(8370):9-11 (Dec 10, 1988).

Harris, WC.  Life in a thousand worlds.  G Holzapfel, Cleona PA, 1905.  [case history]

Hart, Hornell. ESP projection: A prolegomenon to experimental research [summary]. Proceedings of Four Conferences of Parapsychological Studies (pp. 114-116). Parapsychology Foundation, New York, 1957.

Hart, Hornell. ESP projection: Spontaneous cases and the experimental method. Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, 48(4):121-146 (1954).

Hart, Hornell. Hypnosis as an aid in experimental ESP projection. Paper given at First International Conference of Parapsychological Studies, Utrecht, 1953.

Hart, Hornell. Man outside his body? In L. Margery Bazett, Beyond the Five Senses, J.B. Lippincott, New York, 1957. [384p.]

Hart, Hornell. Scientific survival research. International Journal of Parapsychology, 9:43-52 (1967).

Hart, Hornell. Traveling ESP. In Proceedings of the First International Conference of Parapsychological Studies (pp. 91-93). Parapsychology Foundation, New York, 1955.

Hart, Hornell & collaborators. Six theories about apparitions. Proceedings of the Society for Psychical Research, 50(185):153-239 (May 1956).

Hart, Hornell & Hart, E. B. Visions and apparitions collectively and reciprocally perceived. Proceedings of the Society for Psychical Research, 41:205-249 (1933).

Hartwell, J.; Janis, Joseph; & Harary, Blue. A study of the physiological variables associated with out-of-body experiences. In J. D. Morris, W. G. Roll, & R. L. Morris (Eds.), Research in Parapsychology 1974 (pp. 127-129). Scarecrow Press, Metuchen NJ, 1975. [no physiological correlates found]

Hashi-Hanta. Pathway to the spirit world: a true account of a near-death experience. First American Pub., Pasadena CA, 1995.

Hatcher, John S.  Afterlife and the twin pillars of education.  World Order, 13(1):21-37 (Fall, 1978).

Hatfield, Shane.  The amazing out-of-body secret.  Self-published, http://www.amazingsecret.com/astral-projection.htm. 2002.

Hatford, Wayne and Jim Gross (Ed.).  Letters from Janice:  correspondence with the astral plane.  UNI-SUN, Overland Park KS, 1987.  [illus]

Hayden, W.R. Life and near-death in the intensive care unit:  a personal experience. Crit Care Clin (Oct, 1994).

Healy, J. Hippocampal kindling, theta resonance, and psi [corrected edition]. Journal of the Society for Psychical Research, 53(805):486-500 (Oct 1986).

Heaney, John J. Out-of-the-body experiences. In his, The Sacred and the Psychic: Parapsychology and Christian Theology (pp. 117-128). Paulist Press, Ramsey NJ, 1984. [286p, ref notes]

Heaney, John J. Recent studies of near-death experiences.  Journal of Religion & Health, 22(2):116-130 (Summer, 1983).

Heaney, John.  Review of Carol Zaleski’s Otherworld Journeys.  Horizons, 15:204-205 (Spring, 1988).

Heaney, John J.  Some implications of parapsychology for theology.  Theological Studies, 40(3):474-494 (Sep, 1979).

Hearne, K. M. T. The dream machine. Aquarian Press, Wellingborough, Northamptonshire, England, 1990.

Hearne, K. M. T. Lucid dreams: An electrophysiological and psychological study. Unpublished PhD dissertation, University of Liverpool, England, 1978.

Hebb, D. O. The American revolution. American Psychologist, 41: 205-249 (1960).

Heigho, W.J. Correspondence. Journal of the Society for Psychical Research, 49(777):908-909 (Sep1978). [argument that out-of-body experiences are hallucinatory]

Heim, Albert von St. Gallen.  Notizen über den Tod durch absturz [Remarks on fatal falls].  Jahrbuch des Schweizer Alpenclub, (1892):327-337. [translation and introduction by Roy Kletti and Russell Noyes, Jr. In, The experience of dying from falls, Omega: The Journal of Death and Dying, 3:45-52 (1972)]

Helene, Nina.  An exploratory study of the near-death encounters of Christians. EdD thesis, Boston University, 1984.  [404p]

Helio-Arcanophus.  Life outside the physical body and colour.  Atlanteans Association, UK, 1965.  [phamplet]

Hellen. Astral travels. Ca 1930.

Hemingway, Ernest. A farewell to arms. Charles Scribner's Sons, New York, 1929. [fiction]

Herhold, Robert M.  Kübler-Ross and life after death:  one does not need Easter if the soul is immortal.  Chrisitan Century 93(14):364-365 (1976).

Herndon, Ileen.  The near-death experience:  a seminar..  MA thesis, Calilfornia State University, Northridge CA, 1986. [75p]

Heron, John. Confessions of a Janus-brain. Endymion Press, London, 1987. [xi, 187p, index]

Herzog, David B. and John T. Herrin.  Near-death experiences in the very young.  Critical Care Medicine, 13(12):1074-1075 (Dec, 1985).

Hewson, M. A doctor looks at near-death experiences.  Review of Michael Sabom’s Recollections of Death.  McCalls, 109(9):48-49 (June, 1982).

Heywood, Rosalind. Attitudes to death in the light of dreams and other 'out-of-the-body' experiences. In Arnold Toynbee, Rosalind Heywood, & H. H. Price, Man's Concern with Death (pp. 185-219). McGraw-Hill, New York, 1968. [also published by Hodder & Stoughton, London, 1968]

Heywood, Rosalind. Correspondence: Out-of-body experiences. Journal of the Society for Psycical Research, 42(716):86 (1963). [discusses incidence of OBE]

Hill, Brennan.  The near-death experience:  a Christian approach. Wm C. Brown Company, Dubuque IA, 1981. [viii, 53p]

Hill, J. Arthur. Out-of-the-body experiences. In, Man is a spirit: A collection of spontaneous cases of dream, vision, and ecstasy, pp. 67-77. Cassell, London, 1918. [ix, 199p, ref notes, index] [also published by George H. Doran, New York, 1918]

Hill, L.N. My not-so-near-death experience. Ann Intern Med (Nov, 1996).

Hillar, Marian.  Review of Carol Zaleski’s Otherworld Journeys.  Humanist, 48:42-43 (May-June, 1988).

Hillers, Henry S. Projecting the etheric body. Journal of the American Society for Psychic Research, 29:110-113 (1935).

Hinckley, Bryant S.  Lorenzo Snow.  In his, The faith of our pioneer fathers (pp. 44-55).  Deseret Book, Salt Lake City, 1956.

Hine, Virgina H.  Altered states of consciousness:  a form of death education.  Death Education, 1(4):373-396 (1978).

Hines, Terence. Life after death. In his, Pseudoscience and the Paranormal: A Critical Examination of the Evidence (pp. 60-76). Prometheus Books, Buffalo NY, 1988. [ix, 372p, index]

Hives, Frank. Glimpses into infinity. Lane, London, 1931.

Hobson, Douglas Paul.  A comparative study of near-death experiences and Christian eschatology.  MA thesis, Baylor University, 1983. [136p]

Hobson, Douglas Paul. 'Perithan experience':  naming the beyond.  Perspectives in Biology and Medicine, 21:626-628 (Summer, 1978).

Hoffman, Regina M.  Disclosure habits after near-death experiences:  influences, obstacles, and listener selection.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 14(1):29-48 (Fall, 1995).

Holck, Frederick H.  Life revisited (parallels in death experiences).  Omega: The Journal of Death and Dying, 9(1):1-11 (1978).

Holden, Janice Miner.  Effect on emotional well-being of hypnotic recall of the near-death experience.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 14(4):273-280 (Summer, 1996).

Holden, Janice Miner.  Rationale and considerations for proposed near-death research in a hospital setting.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 7(1):19-29 (Fall, 1988).

Holden, Janice Miner.  Unexpected findings in a study of visual perception during the naturalistic near-death out-of-body experience.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 7(3):155-163 (Spring, 1989).

Holden, Janice Miner.  Visual perception during the naturalistic near-death out-of-body experience.  EdD thesis, Northern Illinois University, 1988. [205p]

Holden, J[anice] M[iner]. Visual perception during naturalistic near-death out-of-body experiences. Journal of Near-Death Studies, 7(2):107-120 (Winter 1988).

Holmes, Phoebe Marie. My visit to the sun. J.F. Rowny Press, Santa Barbara CA, 1933. [135p]

Holroyd, Stuart.  Alien intelligence:  a fascinating exploration into the mysterious world of non-human, paranormal, and extraterrestrial intelligence.  Everest House, New York, 1979.  [illus]

Holroyd, Stuart. Minds without boundaries. Aldus Books, London, 1976. [144p, illus]

Holroyd, Stuart. Mysteries of the inner self. Aldus Books, London, 1978.

Holroyd, Stuart. Psychic voyages. The Danbury Press, 1976. [144p, illus. A volume of the series, The Supernatural. Also published by Doubleday, Garden City NY, 1977]

Holt, R. R. Imagery: The return of the ostracized. American Psychologist, 19:254-264 (1964).

Holz, Loretta. Death and life after death.  Logos Journal 7:12-13, 15 (Jan-Feb, 1977).

Holzer, Hans. ESP and you. Hawthorn Books, New York, 1966. [222p.]

Holzer, Hans. Life beyond: compelling evidence for past lives and existence after death. Contemporary Books, Chicago, 1994.

Holzer, Hans.  Psychic:  true paranormal experiences.  Smithmark, 1999.  [350p, illus.  Psychic abilities as ordinary, technique, ESP, telepathy, psychokinesis, time travel, out-of-body experiences, healing, prophetic dreams, mediumship, prophets]

Holzer, Hans.  The psychic side of dreams.  Doubleday, New York, 1976. [Dreams:  prophetic, warning, ESP, survival, reincarnation, OBE]

Holzer, Hans. The truth about ESP: What it is, how it works, and how you develop it. Doubleday, Garden City NY, 1974. [176p.]

Hone, Harry. The light at the end of the tunnel. American Bio Center, Williamsburg VA, 1986. [150 p. NDE]

Honegger, Barbara. The OBE as a near-birth experience. In W. G. Roll, J. Beloff, and  R. A. White [Eds.], Research in Parapsychology 1982 (pp. 230-231). Scarecrow Press, Metuchen NJ, 1983.

See also: Blackmore, Susan J. Birth and the OBE: An unhelpful analogy. Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, 77:229-238 (1983).

Honegger, Barbara. Correspondence: An alternative psychological theory of the out-of-body experience. Parapsychology Review, 10(2):24-26 (1979).

See also: Palmer, John. Correspondence: Reply to Barbara Honegger. Parapsychology Review, 10(2):26-27 (Mar-Apr 1979).

Honorton, C[harles]. Psi and internal attention states. In B. B. Wolman (Ed.), Handbook of Parapsychology (pp. 435-472). Van Norstrand Reinhold, New York, 1977.

Hook, Sidney.  What constitutes death?  Letter in National Review, 40(22):6, 78 (Nov 7, 1988).

Hooper, Judith.  Near death.  Omni, 4(4):33 (Jan, 1982).

Horowitz, M. J. Image formation and cognition. Appleton-Century Crofts, New York, 1970.

Houk, J. Applications of paranormal abilities. Artifex, 4(6):5 (1985).

Houran, J. et al. Hallucinations that comfort: contextual mediation of deathbed visions. Percept Mot Skills (Jun, 1997).

House, Brant. Strange powers of unusual people. Ace Publishing, New York, 1963.

Houston, Jean. Manual for the peacemeker: A native American journey of transformation. Theosophical Publishing House, Wheaton IL, 1994.

Hovelmann, Gerd H.  Evidence for survival from near-death experiences?  A critical appraisal.  Chap 29 in Paul Kurtz [Ed.], A skeptic’s handbook of parapsychology. Prometheus, Buffalo NY, 1985.

Hudson, Margaret.  An eerie after-life report from a young woman who, a few months ago, was clinically dead.  Glamor, 76(6):162,166 (June, 1978).

Hufford, D. J. Out-of-body experiences [and elsewhere]. In his, The terror that comes in the night: An experience-centered study of supernatural assault traditions (pp. 237-244). University of Pennsylvania Press, Philadelphia, 1982.

Hughes, Jossie Lavell.  As above so below.  Philosophical Library, New York, 1971.

Hughes, Marilynn. Odysseys of light: Adventures in out-of-body travel. Hampton Roads, Charlottesville VA, 1991. [142p]

Hughes, Marilynn. Crystal river flowing: Adventures in co-creation. Hampton Roads, Charlottesville VA, 1993. [119p.]

Hughes-Calero, Heather. Sedona trilogy, vol 1: Spiritual growth journey. Coastline, 1985.

Hughes-Calero, Heather. Sedona trilogy, vol 2: Spiritual growth journey. Coastline, 1985.

Hughes-Calero, Heather. Sedona trilogy, vol 3: Spiritual growth journey. Coastline, 1985.

Humberstone, Eliot and Eric Maple.  Mysterious powers and strange forces.  Hayes Usborne Pocketbooks, London, 1979.  [illus, index.  General psi.]

Hunt, Douglas. Astral projection. In his, Exploring the occult (pp. 50-62). Ballantine Books, New York, 1964. [219p.]

Hunter, R.C.A. On the experience of nearly dying.  American Journal of Psychiatry, 124(1):122-126 (July 1967).

Hurwood, Bernhardt J. The Invisibles. Fawcett, Greenwich CT, 1971. [fiction]

Hurwood, Bernhardt J.  Strange talents.  Ace Books , New York, 1967. [189p.  285 case histories]

Huson, Paul. How to test and develop your ESP. Stein and Day, New York, 1975. [215p, illus, index, bibl]

Hutchinson, T.A. et al. Death: a rewarding experience? CMAJ (Dec, 1997).

Huxley, Francis.  The way of the sacred.  Doubleday & Company, New York, 1974. [illus. Selfhelp]

Hyatt, Anne S. Seth is my father. Exposition Press, Hicksville NY, 1975.

Hyatt, David. Your life and love beyond death. Cosmic Concepts, St. Joseph, MI, 1992.

Hyslop, J[ames] H. A review, a record and a discussion. Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, 6:490-516 (1912).

Hyslop, James H. Sensations of a man who was near the dark valley. Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, 10:637-645 (Oct 1918).

Hyslop, James H. Visions of the dying:  class II.  Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, 10:626-637 (Oct 1918).

 

I

 

Ingber, Dina.  Visions of an afterlife. Science Digest, 89(1):94-97, 142 (Jan/Feb, 1981).

Ingram, Jay.  The burning house:  unlocking the mysteries of the brain.  Viking, Toronto, 1994.  [Brain research and theory, OBE, dreams, gender differences]

Ingram, Leonard, and Bhagwan Ra Afrika. The matter of life & death. 1998.

Inquiry, information, motivation. The Monroe Institute, Faber VA, nd. [pamphlet]

Insinger, Mori.  The impact of a near-death experience on family relationships.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 9(3):141-182 (Spring, 1991).

Ironson, D. S. An investigation into the preconditions, characteristics, and beliefs associated with the out-of-body experience. Unpublished doctoral dissertation, Humanistic Psychology Institute, San Francisco CA, 1975.

Irwin, Harvey J. The association between out-of-body experiences and migraine. Psi Research, 2(2):89-96 (1983).

Irwin, Harvey J. Correspondence [reply to Palmer]. Journal of the Society for Psychical Research, 51(788):118-120 (1981).

See also: Irwin, Harvey J. Out of the body down under: Some cognitive characteristics of Australian students reporting OOBEs. Journal of the Society for Psychical Research, 50(785):448-459 (Sep 1980).

Palmer, John. Correspondence [on Irwin, Harvey J. Out of the body down under: Some cognitive characteristics of Australian students reporting OOBEs. Journal of the Society for Psychical Research, 50(785):448-459 (Sep 1980)]. Journal of the Society for Psychical Research, 51(787):35-36 (Feb 1981).

Irwin, Harvey J. Flight of mind: A psychological study of the out-of-body experience. Scarecrow Press, Metuchen NJ, 1985. [viii, 374p, bibl, indexes]

For reviews, see: Anderson, Rodger I. Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, 81:303-308 (1987).

Alvarado, Carlos S. Journal of Near-Death Studies, 6(1):61-66 (1987).

Palmer, John. Parapsychology Review, 17(2):12-15 (Mar-Apr 1986).

Tart, Charles T. Journal of Parapsychology, 53(4):358-360 (Dec 1989).

Irwin, Harvey J. How we research the out-of-body experience. Australian Institute of Psychic Research (AIPR) Bulletin, No. 2, 2-4 (Dec 1983). [14 refs]

Irwin, Harvey J. Hypnotic induction of the out-of-body experience. Australian Journal of Clinical Hypnotherapy and Hypnosis, 10(1):1-7 (Mar 1989). [43 refs]

Irwin, Harvey [J].  Images of heaven.  Parapsychology Review, 18(1):1-4 (Jan/Feb, 1987).

Irwin, Harvey J. An introduction to parapsychology. McFarland, Jefferson NC, 1989. [ix, 321p, indexes, bibl]

Irwin, Harvey J. The link between the out-of-body experience and proneness to lucid dreams: A meta-analysis. Psi Research, 4(2):24-31 (1985).

Irwin, Harvey J. Migraine, out-of-body experiences, and lucid dreams. Lucidity Letter, 2(2):2-4 (1983).

Irwin, Harvey J.  Out-of-body experiences and attitudes to life and death.  Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, 82(3):237-251 (July, 1988).

Irwin, Harvey J. Out-of-body experiences in the blind. Journal of Near-Death Studies, 6(1):53-60 (Fall 1987).

Irwin, Harvey J. Out-of-the-body experiences and dream lucidity: Empirical perspectives. In J. Gackenbach & S. LaBerge (Eds.), Conscious Mind, Sleeping Brain: Perspectives on Lucid Dreaming (pp. 353-371). Plenum Press, New York, 1988.

Irwin, Harvey J. Out of the body down under: Some cognitive characteristics of Australian students reporting OOBEs. Journal of the Society for Psychical Research, 50(785):448-459 (Sep 1980).

See also: Palmer, John. Correspondence on Irwin, Harvey J. Out of the body down under: Some cognitive characteristics of Australian students reporting OOBEs. Journal of the Society for Psychical Research, 51(787):35-36 (Feb 1981).

Irwin, Harvey J. Correspondence [reply to Palmer]. Journal of the Society for Psychical Research, 51(788):118-120 (1981).

Irwin, Harvey J. Perceptual perspective of visual imagery in OBEs, Dreams and reminiscence. Journal of the Society for Psychical Research, 53:210-217 (1986).

Irwin, Harvey J. The psychological function of out-of-body experiences: So who needs the out-of-body experience? Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 169(4):244-248 (1981).

Irwin, Harvey J. Review of: Glen O. Gabbard & Stuart W. Twemlow, With the eyes of the mind: An empirical analysis of out-of-body states. Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, 81:299-303 (1987).

Irwin, Harvey J. Review of: Susan J. Blackmore, Beyond the body. Journal of the Society for Psychical Research, 52:73-77 (1983).

Irwin, Harvey J. Some psychological dimensions of the out-of-body experience, Parapsychology Review, 12(4):1-6 (Jul-Aug 1981).

Irwin, Harvey J. and Barbara A. Bramwell.  The devil in heaven:  a near-death experience with both positive and negative facets.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 7(1):38-43 (Fall, 1988).

Irwin, Harvey J. and Susan J. Blackmore.  Out-of-body experiences and dream lucidity: Two views. In J. Gackenbach & S. La Berge (Eds.), Lucid Dreaming: New Research on Consciousness During Sleep. Plenum, New York, ca 1985.

Isaacs, Julian. Correspondence: On kinetic effects during out-of-body projection. Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, 75(2):192-194 (1981).

See also: Osis, K. & McCormick, D. Correspondence: The authors reply to Mr. Isaacs. Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, 75(2):194-197 (1981).

Iverson, Jeffrey. In search of the dead: A scientific investigation of evidence for life after death. Harper Collins, San Francisco, 1992. [xii, 212p, illus, index, bibl]

 

J

 

J. O. Sensations of drowning. Notes and queries, 12:500 (Dec 22. 1855).

Jaffé, A. Duplication phenomena. In her, Apparitions and precognition (pp. 143-159). University Books, New Hyde Park NY, 1963.

Jacobson, Nils O. Life without death: On parapsychology, mysticism, and the question of survival [translated from Swedish by Sheila La Farge]. Delacorte Press/Seymour Lawrence, New York, 1973. [viii, 339p, illus, index, bibl, gloss]

James, Henry. The beast in the jungle, in The Great Short Novels of Henry James, Dial Press, 1944. [fiction]

James, William. The varieties of religious experience. Crowell-Collier, New York, 1961.

Janis, Joseph; Hartwell, J. Harary, Blue.; Levin, J.; & Morris, R.L. A description of the physiological variables connected with an out-of-body study. In W. G. Roll et al (Eds.), Research in Parapsychology 1973 (pp. 36-37), Scarecrow Press, Metuchen NJ, 1974.

Jensen, John. Experiences with invisible realities. IWP, 1981.

Jansen, K.L. Neuroscience and the near-death experience: roles for the NMSA-PCP receptor, the sigma receptor and the endopsychosins. Med Hypotheses (Jan, 1990).

Jansen, K.L. Transcendental explanations and near-death experience. [see comments] Lancet (Jan, 1991) [letter; comment]

Jay, Robert.  Consciousness:  the magic lantern of light—Andar's message.  Awareness Publications, Pokomoke MD, 1995.  [98p. Fiction.  Andar is here simply to deliver a message from the universe. He cannot hurt anyone, he can only speak the truth, but the world leaders will do anything to stop him.]

Jeffers, H. Paul. What mommy said: a novel. St. Martin's Press, New York, 1997. [fiction]

Jhaveri, Anna.  Penta:  a personal experience, Journal of Conscientiology, vol 2, no. 8 (Apr, 2000), International Academy of Conscientiology, New York.

John-Roger. Dream voyages. Mandeville Press, Los Angeles, 1992. [110 pp]

John-Roger and The Movement for Inner Spiritual Awareness. Passage into spirit. Baraka, 1984.

Johnson, James E.  with David W. Balsiger.  In their, Beyond defeat (pp. 261-270). Doubleday & Co, New York, 1978.

Johnson, Janis.  Experience during 'altered state' described in seminar on death here.  Washington Post, Mar 27, 1977, p. B3

Johnson, Raynor C. Astral projection tests. Theta, 4:3 (Jan 1964).

Johnson, Raynor C.  Experiences outside the body. In his, The imprisoned splendour:  an approach to reality based upon the significance of data (pp. 218-240). Harper & Row, New York, 1953. [424p, index; also published by Hodder & Soughton, London, 1953]

For review, see: Ducasse, C.J. Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, pp. 120-123 (ca 1954).

Johnson, Raynor C. Nurslings of immortality. Harper Bros, New York, 1957. [also published by Hodder & Soughton, London]

Johnson, Raynor C. & Leslie D. Weatherhead. Religious outlook for modern man. McGraw-Hill, New York, 1963.

Jones, Fowler; Twemlow, Stuart W.; & Gabbard, Glen O. The out-of-body experience. II. Psychological profile. Paper presented at the annual meeting of the American Psychiatric Association, San Francisco, 1980.

Jones, Fowler; Gabbard, Glen O. & Twemlow, Stuart W. Psychological and demographic characteristics of persons reporting out-of-body experiences. Hillside Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 6(1):105-115 (1984). [11 refs, 3 tables]

Josephs, Allen. Hemingway's out of body experience. Hemingway Review, 1983, 2(2):11-17 (1983) [15 refs.]

Journal of the Society for Psychical Research, 25:126-128 (1929).

Judson, I.R. and E. Wiltshaw.  A near-death experience.  Lancet, 8349:561-562 (Sept 3, 1983).

Jung, Carl G. Memories, dreams, reflections (pp. 286-296). Pantheon Books, New York, 1963. [Also published by Random House, New York, 1969 -- edited by Aniela Jaffe]

Jung, Carl. G. and W. Pauli.  The interpretation of nature and psyche (pp. 124-128).  Pantheon Books, New York, 1955.

Jung-Stilling. Theory of pneumatology. London, 1834. [also published by J. S. Redfield, New York, 1851; first published in German, 1808]

 

K

 

Kahn, David E with Will Oursler.  My life with Edgar Cayce.  Doubleday, New York, 1970.  [213p]

Kalish, Richard A.  Experiences of people reprieved from death.  In Death and bereavement, Austin H. Kutscher [ed] (pp. 84-96).  Charles C. Thomas, Springfield IL, 1969.

Kamerman, Jack.  Review of Craig Lundahls’ A Collection of Near-Death Research Readings.  Contemporary Sociology, 13(1):120 (Jan, 1984).

Kanin, Garson. Remembering Mr. Maugham (pp. 5-6).  Atheneum, New York, 1966.

Kardec, A. Le livre des médiums. Didier, Paris, 1861. [French]

Kason, Yvonne.  A farther shore.  HarperCollins Publishers, Toronto, Canada, 1994.

Kastenbaum, Robert [Ed.]. Between life and death.  [Springer Series on death and suicide]  Springer Publishing, New York, 1979. [vii, 184p]

Kastenbaum, Robert.  Death through the retrospective lens.  In his, [Ed.] Between life and death (pp. 156-184) [Springer Series on death and suicide].  Springer Publishing, New York, 1979.

Kastenbaum, Robert.  Review of Kenneth Ring’s Heading Toward Omega, Glen O. Gabbard’s and Stuart W. Twemlow’s With the Eyes of the Mind, Michael Sabom’s Recollections of Death,  and Bruce Greyson’s and Charles Flynn’s The Near-Death Experience.  Omega: The Journal of Death and Dying, 16(2):1778-180 (1985).

Kastenbaum, Robert.  Temptation from the everafter. Human Behavior, 6(9):28-33 (Sep, 1977).

Kastenbaum, Robert.  There and back:  the near-death experience.  Chap 1 in his, Is there life after death? (pp. 11-40).  Rider & Co, London, 1984.

Kawamura, Minato. Kotodama to takai. Kodansha, Tokyo, 1990. [Japanese]

Kaye, Marvin.  Fantastique. St Martin's Press, New York, 1992.  [262p.  Fiction.  A theatre director has everything but also has strange nightmares, and gets involved in a love triangle that takes him through hell itself.]

Kazanis, Deno.  The physical basis of subtle bodies and near-death experiences.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 14(2):101-116 (Winter, 1995).

Kellehear, A[llan]. Culture, biology, and the near-death experience: a reappraisal. J Nerv Ment Dis (Mar, 1993).

Kellehear, Allan. Experiences near death: beyond medicine and religion. Oxford University Press, New York, 1996.

Kellehear, Allan.  Glimpses of utopia near death? A rejoinder.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 10(2):135-142 (Winter, 1991).

Kellehear, A[llan]. The near-death experience as status passage. Soc Sci Med, 1990.

Kellehear, Allan.  Near-death experiences and the pursuit of the ideal society.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 10(2):79-96 (Winter, 1991).

For comment, see:  Becker, Carl B.  Over my dead body there is an ideal utopia:  comments on Kellehear’s paper.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 10(2):97-106 (Winter, 1991).

Bruchez, Margaret.  Letter.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 10(3):185-187 (Spring, 1992).

Mickel, Howard A.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 10(2):123-130 (Winter, 1991).

Kellehear, Allan and Patrick Heaven.  Community attitudes toward near-death experiences:  an Australian study.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 7(3):165-172 (Spring, 1989).

Kellehear, Allan and Harvey Irwin.  Five minutes after death:  a study of beliefs and expectations.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 9(2): (Winter, 1990).

Kellison, Catherine.  My out-of-body experience.  Cosmopolitan, 185:182 ff (Dec, 1978).

Kelly, Martin J. Review of Bruce Greyson’s and Charles P. Flynn’s [Eds.], The Near-Death Experience:  Problems, Prospects, Perspectives.  Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry, 19(1):73-75 (1986).

Kelsey, Morton.  The evidence for survival of death.  Chap 6 in his, Afterlife:  the otherside of dying (pp. 77-102).  Paulist Press, New York, 1979.

Kendrick, T.D. Mary of Agreda: Life and legend of a Spanish nun. Routledge & Keegan-Paul, London, 1967.

King, Clyde S., compiler. Psychic and religious phenomena limited: A bibliographical index. Greenwood Press, Westport CT, 1978. [xvii, 245p.]

King, Francis. Magic: The western tradition. Thames and Hudson, London, 1975.

King, Francis. Techniques of high magic: A guide to self-empowerment. Warner Destiny, 1976.  [254p, illus.  Also by Destiny Books, Rochester VT, 1991, 228 p, illus, bibl, index]

Kircher, Pamela M.  Love is the link: a hospice doctor shares her experience of near-death and dying.  Larson Publications, Burdett NY, 1995.

Kirkpatrick, La.  Review of Carol Zaleski’s Otherworld Journeys.  Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion.  26(4):566-567 (1987).

Klass, Dennis, and Audrey Gordon.  Varieties of transcending experience at death:  a videotape-based study. Omega: The Journal of Death and Dying, 9(1):19-36 (1978).

Klemp, Harold.  Ask the master:  the living Eck master answers your questions. [Mahanta transcripts, book 1].  Eckankar, Minneapolis MN, 1994.  [202p, illus]

Klemp, Harold.  Cloak of Conciousness [Mahanta transcripts, book 5].  Eckankar, Minneapolis MN, 1991.  [278p]

Klemp, Harold.  Golden heart:  an invitation to open yourself to new spiritual horizons. Eckankar, Minneapolis MN, 1990.  [331p]

Klemp, Harold.  How the inner master works to improve the quality of your life [Mahanta transcripts, book 12]. Eckankar, Minneapolis MN, 1995.  [295p]

Klemp, Harold.  How to find God [Mahanta transcripts, book 2].  Eckankar, Minneapolis MN, 1988.  [375p]

Klemp, Harold.  Journey of the soul [Mahanta transcripts, book 1].  Eckankar, Minneapolis MN, 1988.  [291p, illus]

Klemp, Harold.  Modern prophet answers your key questions about life.  Eckankar, Minneapolis MN, 1998.  [278p]

Klemp, Harold.  Our spiritual wake-up calls:  when God calls, are you listening? Eckankar, Minneapolis MN, 1997.  [244p]

Klemp, Harold.  Secret of love how to find love in your life.  Eckankar, Minneapolis MN, 1996.  [244p]

Klemp, Harold.  Secret teachings [Mahanta transcripts, book 3].  Eckankar, Minneapolis MN, 1989.  [315p]

Klemp, Harold.  Slow burning love of God:  learn how to fulfill your wishes. Eckankar, Minneapolis MN, 1996.  [267p]

Klemp, Harold. Soul travelers of the far country. Eckankar, 1987.

Klemp, Harold.  The wind of change.  IWP Publishing, Menlo Park CA, 1980.

Klemp, Harold.  What is spiritual freedom?:  discover your full power as a spiritual being [Mahanta transcripts, book 11].  Eckankar, Minneapolis MN, 1995.  [201p]

Knight, Carol Bell.  Passing the torch:  the way of the avatar. Stillpoint Publishing, Walpole NH, 1985.

Knight, David C. Out-of-body experiences. In D.C. Knight (Ed.), The ESP Reader (pp. 273-316). Grosset & Dunlap, New York, 1969. [xiii, 432p, bibl, gloss]

Knight, Gareth. Experience of the Inner Worlds. Helios Book Service, Cheltenham, Glos UK, 1975.

Knight, Stephen.  Requiem at Rogano. Methuen, Eyre, 1979.  [fiction.  Thriller set in fifteenth-century Italy and Edwardian London involving reincarnation and astral travel]

Knittweis, Jim W.  Letter:  electrical sensitivity of near-death experiencers.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 15(3):223-225 (Spring, 1997).

Kohr, Richard L.  Near-death experience and its relationship to psi and various altered states.  Theta, 10(3):50-53 (Autumn, 1982).

Kohr, Richard L.  Near-death experiences, altered states, and psi sensitivity.  Anabiosis, 3(2):157-176 (1983).

Kolb, Laurance C. The painful phantom. Charles C. Thomas, Springfield IL, 1954.

Kollar, Nathan R.  What about life after life:  an investigation into the after life phenomenon plus and analysis and critique of recent finds. Cristian Ministry, 12-26-28 (July, 1981).

Kramer, Carol.  Expanding consciousness:  a conversation with Robert Monroe.  Body, Mind, Spirit, pp. 54-57, 77 (Mar-Apr, 1990).

Krishnan, V. Correspondence: Are out-of-body experiences evidence for survival? Anabiosis: The Journal for Near-Death Studies, 5:76-79 (1985).

See also: Blackmore, Susan J. Correspondence: Reply to Krishnan on whether out-of-body experiences are evidence for survival. Anabiosis: The Journal for Near-Death Studies, 5:79-82 (1985).

Krishnan, V. Correspondence: OBEs in the congenitally blind. Vital Signs, 3(3):13 (1983).

Krishnan, V. Is there a physical basis to out-of-body vision? Vital Signs, 4(3):8-9 (1984-85).

Krishnan, V.  Misidentified flying objects.  [letter] Journal of Near-Death Studies, 14(4):287-290 (Summer, 1996).

Krishnan, V.  Near-death experiences: Evidence for survival? Anabiosis: The Journal for Near-Death Studies, 5(1):21-38 (Spring 1985).

Krishnan, V.  A neurobiological model for near-death experiences.  [letter]  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 9(3):197-198 (Spring, 1991).

Krishnan, V.  OBEs in the blind. Journal of Near-Death Studies, 7(2):134-139 (Winter 1988).

Krishnan, V.  Out-of-the-body vision. Parapsychology Review, 13(2):21-22 (Mar-Apr 1982).

Krishnan, V.  Out-of-body vision in darkness.  [letter] Journal of Near-Death Studies, 14(2):133-137 (Winter, 1995).

Krishnan, V.  A theory of death.  [letter] Journal of Near-Death Studies, 9(2):133-143 (Winter, 1990).

For response, see:  Cook, Roger.  Letter.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 9(2):134-136 (Winter, 1990).

Krishnan, V.  Near-death experience:  evidence for survival?  Anabiosis, 5(1):21-38 (1985).

Krishnan, V.  Near-death experience:  reassessment urged.  Parapsychology Review, 12(4):10-11 (July/Aug, 1981)

Kron, Joan.  The out-of-body trip:  what a way to go!  New York Magazine 10(1):66-72 (Dec 27/Jan 3, 1976/77).  [Report on an experience at the Monroe Institute and discussion of OBE/NDE.]

Kronisch, Lennie.   Elisabeth Kübler-Ross:  messenger of love.   Yoga Journal pp. 18-20 (Nov-Dec, 1976).

Kübler-Ross, Elisabeth.  Death, the final stage of growth.  Chap 18 in Stanislav Grof [Ed.], Human survival and consciousness evolution (pp. 274-285). State University of New York Press, Albany NY, 1988.

Kübler-Ross, Elisabeth.  Elisabeth Kübler-Ross, in Phillip L. Berman [Ed.], The courage of conviction (pp. 121-126). Dodd, Mead & Company, New York, 1985.

Kübler-Ross, Elisabeth.  The experience of death.  Chap 5 in Jess E. Weiss, The vestibule.  Ashley Books, Port Washington NY, 1972.

Kübler-Ross, Elisabeth.  Foreword, in Raymond Moody, Life after life.  Mockingbird Books, St Simons Island GA, 1975.

Kübler-Ross, Elisabeth.  Foreword, in Stanislav Grof and Joan Halifax, The human encounter with death (pp. vi-viii). EP Dutton, New York, 1977.

Kübler-Ross, Elisabeth.  Interview:  Elisabeth Kübler-Ross. Playboy, 28:69 ff (May, 1981).

Kübler-Ross, Elisabeth.  Interview:  Elizabeth Kübler-Ross on living, dying¼and beyond.  Mother Earth News, 81:16-22 (May-June, 1983).

Kübler-Ross, Elisabeth.  Interview:  Life after death:  yes, beyond a shadow of a doubt.  People, 4(21):66-69 (Nov 24, 1975).

Kübler-Ross, Elisabeth.  Interview:  There is life after death.  Fate, 30:67-70 (Feb, 1977).

Kübler-Ross, Elisabeth. On life after death. Celestial Arts, Berkeley CA, 1991.

Kübler-Ross, Elisabeth.  Spiritual aspects of working with dying children.  Chap 13 in her, On children and death (pp. 106-130). Macmillan, New York, 1983.

Kuhn, Harold B.  Out-of-body experiences:  misplaced euphoria.  Christianity Today, 25(5):78-82 (March 13, 1981).

Kung, Hans.  Death as entry into light?  Chap 1 in his, Etermal life:  life after death as a medical, philosophical, and theological problem (pp. 3-21). Doubleday & Company, Garden City NY, 1984.

Kurtz, Paul.  Scientific evidence keeps us in the here and how.  Psychology Today, 22:15 (Sep, 1988).

 

L

 

LaBerge, Stephen P. Lucid dreaming. Jeremy P. Tarcher, Los Angeles, 1985.

LaBerge, Stephen and Howard Rheingold.  Exploring the world of lucid dreaming.  Ballantine Books, New York, 1990.  [277p, index]

LaBerge, Stephen P. and Lynne Levitan.  Other worlds: Out-of-body experiences and lucid dreams. NightLight, 1991.

Lagerkvist, Jim. My first OBE! http://www.spiritweb.org/Spirit/obe-lagerkvist.html, 1995.

LaHaye, Tim F. Life in the Afterlife. Tyndale House, Wheaton IL, 1980. [144p. illus, bibl]

LaHaye, Tim F. My travels in the spirit world. 1980.

Laing, R. D. The divided self. Pelican Books, Baltimore, 1965.

Lambert, G. W. Two synchronous experiences connected with a death. Journal of the Society for Psychical Research, 44(735):232-237 (Mar 1968).

Lancelin, Charles. Méthode de dédoublement personnel. Henri Durville, Paris, ca 1925. [French]

Lancelin, Charles. La vie posthume; recherches experimentales d'apres. Henri Durville, Paris, 1922. [French]

Landaker, Genevieve.  Meet a guardian angel.  Christopher Publishing House, Boston, 1948.  [personal OBEs]

Landau, Elaine. Near-death experiences. Millbrook Press, Brookfield CT, 1995.

Landau, Lucien. An unusual out-of-the-body experience. Journal of the Society for Psychical Research, 42(717):126-128 (Sep 1963). [also in D. Scott Rogo (Ed.), Mind Beyond the Body: The Mystery of ESP Projection (pp. 307-309). Penguin, New York, 1978]

Larsen, Caroline. My travels in the spirit world. Tuttle, Rutland VT, 1927. [also published by Lane Press, Burlington VT]

de La Tour, Kevin. Bioenergy Therapy. http://members.aol.com/iipnyusa/articls1.htm, ca 1996.

de La Tour, Kevin. Consciousness Research Using the Out-of-Body Experience. http://members.aol.com/iipnyusa/articls1.htm, ca 1996.

de La Tour, Kevin. The Out-of-Body Experience and Your Health http://members.aol.com/iipnyusa/articls1.htm, ca 1996.

de La Tour, Kevin & Simone de La Tour. Projectiology: Introductory course outline. International Institute of Projectiology, Rio de Janeiro, 1991.

de La Tour, Simone. Out-of-Body Experience: Fact or Fantasy? http://members.aol.com/iipnyusa/articls1.htm, ca 1996.

Laubscher, B.J.F. Beyond life's curtain. Neville Spearman, 1975.

Laurence, Andrew. The other you: How to develop your psychic potential. Javelin Books; Poole, Dorset UK; 1986. [192p, bibl, index]

Lawrence, Madelaine. In a world of their own: experiencing unconsciousness. Praeger, Westport CT, 1997. [186p]

Lazarus, Richard.  The case against death.  Warner, UK, 1993.  [312p. Reincarnation, out of body experiences, visions, ghosts, possession and spiritual contact as evidences there is no death]

Leadbeater, C. W. The astral plane. Theosophical Publishing House, Adyar, 1895.

Leadbeater, C. W. The Chakras. Theosophical Publishing House, Wheaton IL, 1927.

Leadbeater, C. W. Clairvoyance. Theosophical Publishing House, Wheaton IL, 1899.

Leadbeater, C. W. The devachanic plane, or the heaven world: Its characteristics and inhabitants. Theosophical Publishing House, London, 1909. [third edition]

Leadbeater, C. W. Dreams. Theosophical Publishing House, Adyar, Madras, India, 1898.

Leadbeater, C. W. The hidden side of things. Theosophical Publishing House, Adyar, 1913.

Leadbeater, C. W. Inner life. Theosophical Publishing House, Adyar, 1911.

Leadbeater, C. W. Man visible and invisible. Theosophical Publishing House, London, 1958. [126p.

Leaning, F. E. Ex-corporeal consciousness. British Journal of Psychical Research, 2:24-28, 51-56 (1928).

Lee, Anthony.  The Lazarus syndrome.  RN, 41(6):53-64 (June, 1978).

Leftwich, Robert H. Dowsing. Samuel Weiser, New York, 1946.

Lehmann, Heinz E. Unusual psychiatric disorders and atypical psychoses. In A. Freedman, H. Kaplan & B. Sadock (Eds.), Comprehensive Textbook of Psychiatry -- II. Williams & Wilkins, Baltimore, 1975.

Lehmann, Nicholas.  The near-death cult.  Review of Carol Zaleski’s Otherworld Journeys.  The Atlantic, 260(1):96 (July, 1987).

Leighton, Sally M.  God and the god-image:  an extended reflection.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 9(4):233-248 (Summer, 1991).

Leland, Kurt.  Otherwhere:  a field guide to non-physical reality for the out-of-body traveler.  Hampton Roads, Charlottesville VA, 2001.  [288p. Author’s OBEs]

Leland, Kurt.  The unanswered question:  death, near-death, and the afterlife.  Hampton Roads, Charlottesville VA, 2002.

Lemaire, Jean-Paul.  Hors du corps, hors du temp [Out of body, beyond time]. Intuitions:  Nouvelles Valeurs au Qoutidien, No 29, Spring 1995.

Lempert, T. et al. Syncope and near-death experience. Lancet (Sep, 1994). [letter]

Leonard, Gladys Osborn. I leave my physical body again. In her, My life in two worlds (pp. 103-109). Cassell, London, 1931. [300p, fwd by Sir Oliver Lodge, extraterrestrial experiences of this famous medium]

Lerner, Max. Psychologists ponder death and resurrection.  New York Post,  Aug 31, 1977, p. 35.

Lett, James. Interpretive anthropology, metaphysics, and the paranormal. Journal of Anthropological Research, 47:305-329 (Fall, 1991). [75 refs]

Leva, Patricia.  Traveling the interstate of consciousness:  a driver’s instruction manual:  Using Hemi-Sync to access states of non-ordinary reality. Q Central Publishing, Longmont CO, 1998.

Levitan, Lynne & LaBerge, Stephen. In the mind and out-of-body: OBEs and lucid dreams, part I. Night Light, 3(2):1-4, 9 (Spring 1991) [1 illus; 17 refs]

Lewis, David H. Astral projection. 1980. [published by author]

Lewis, Donald W. and Mary E. Watson. Explaining the phenomena of near-death experience.  Letter in American Journal of Diseases of Children, 141(8):828 (Aug, 1987).

Lhermitte, J. Bilocation phenomena in neuropathology [summary]. Proceedings of Four Conferences of Parapsychological Studies (pp. 168-169). Parapsychology Foundation, New York, 1957. [paper given at the International Symposium on Psychology and Parapsychology at Abbey Royaumont, France, 1956]

Libov, Charlotte.  Probing the near-death experience.  Connecticut, 49:101-106 (May, 1986).

Lilly, John C.  Near-lethal "accident":  "no experiment is a failure."  In his, The center of the cyclone (pp. 24-36).  Julian Press, New York, 1972. [Also published by Bantam, New York, 1973]

Linedecker, Clifford L. Psychic spy. Doubleday, Garden City NY, 1976.

Lippman, C. W. Certain hallucinations peculiar to migraine. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 116:346-351 (1952).

Lippman, C. W. Hallucinations of physical duality in migraine. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 117:345-350 (1953).

Littke, Lael. Haunted sister. Holt, New York, 1998. [217p. Fiction. A sixteen-year-old girl suffers a near-death experience in which her twin sister, who died in an accident twelve years before, returns to forcibly share her body.]

Liverziani, Filippo. Life, death & consciousness: Experiences near and after death. Avery Publ, Garden City Park NY, 1991. [237p, bibl, notes]

Llewellyn Editorial Staff. The truth about astral projection. Llewellyn Publications, St Paul MN, 1985. [30p. Pamphlet, compiled by Lllewellyn editorial staff.]

Locke, Thomas P. and Franklin C. Shontz.  Personality correlates of the near-death experience:  a preliminary study.  Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, 77(4):311-318 (Oct, 1983).

Loehr, Franklin. Death with understanding. Religious Research Press, Grand Island FL, ca 1987.

Loder, James E.  Review of Carol Zaleski’s Otherworld Journeys.  Theology Today, 44(4):525-529 (1988).

Loder, James E.  Review of Kenneth Ring’s Life at death and Hans Schwarz’ Beyond the gates of death.  Theology Today, 39(1):112 (April, 1982).

London, Jack. The star rover. 1914. [fiction]

Long, Bonnie. Correspondence: Out-of-body vision. Vital Signs, 4(4):15 (1985).

Long, John. Close calls: climbing mishaps & near-death experiences. Falcon Publishing Company, Helena MT, 1999. [170p, Tami Knight, illustrator]

Lorber, Jakob. Sunsets into sunrises. 1987

Lorimer, David.  Experiences out of the body, and Near-death experiences.  In his, Survival?  Body, mind and death in the light of psychic experience (pp. 226-246, 247-269). Routledge & Kegan Paul, London, 1984. [ix, 342p, ref notes, index.  Also published in London]

Lorimer, David.  Whole in one: the near-death experience and the ethic of interconnectedness.  Viking/Penguin, London, 1990.

For review, see:  Ring, Kenneth.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 10(4): (Summer, 1992).

Lowther, William.  Some people who have died—and lived to tell the tale.  Maclean's, 89(11):50 (June 14, 1976).

Lucas, Dean. Review of Robert Crookall, The Jung-Jaffe View of Out-of-Body Experiences. Theta, No. 38, pp. 6-8 (Winter 1973).

de Luna, Mário.  Frontal and coronal chakras technique of basic mobilization of energy:  a self-experiment,  Journal of Conscientiology, vol 4, no. 14 (Oct, 2001), International Academy of Conscientiology, New York.  [Consideration of frontal and coronal chakra technique for inducing vibrations]

Lund, D. H. Out-of-the-body experiences. In his, Death and Consciousness (pp. 71-94). McFarland, Jefferson NC, 1985.

Lundahl, Craig R. [Comp.], A Collection of Near-Death Research Readings. Nelson-Hall Publishers, Chicago, 1982. [240p]

For reviews, see:  Drab, Kevin J.  Anabiosis, 3(1):107-111 (June, 1983).

Greene, F. Gordon.  Theta, 12(4):94-96 (Winter, 1984).

Greyson, Bruce.  Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, 77(4):356-361 (Summer, 1983).

Kamerman, Jack.  Contemporary Sociology, 13(1):120 (Jan, 1984).

Lundahl, Craig R.  Directions in Near-death research.  Death Educaiton, 5(2):135-142 (Summer, 1981). [Reprinted in his [Comp.], A Collection of Near-Death Research Readings (pp. 233-239), Nelson-Hall Publishers, Chicago, 1982.]

Lundahl, Craig R.  Mormon near-death experiences.  Free Inquiry in Creative Sociology, 7(2):101-104, 107 (Nov, 1979).  [Reprinted in his, A collection of near-death research readings (pp. 165-179), Nelson-Hall Publishers, 1982.]

Lundahl, Craig R.  The perceived other world in Mormon near-death experiences:  a social and psychical description.  Omega: The Journal of Death and Dying, 12(4):319-327 (1982).

Lundahl, Craig R. and Harold A. Widdison.  A comparison of Latter-day Saint conceptions of the afterlife and the afterlife in Latter-day Saint near-death experience.  Journal of Religion and Psychical Research, 6(4):288-294 (Oct, 1983).

Lundahl, Craig R. and Harold [A.] Widdison.  The eternal journey:  how near-death experiences illuminate our earthly lives.  Warner Books, New York, 1997.

Lundahl, Craig R. and Harold A. Widdison.  The Mormon explanation of near-death experiences.  Anabiosis, 3(1):97-106 (June, 1983).

Lunn, V. Autoscopic phenomena. Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica, 46(suppl. 219):118-125 (1970).

Lutzer, Erwin W. One minute after you die: a preview of your final destination. Moody Press, Chicago, 1997. [144p]

 

M

 

M. Dayspring of youth. Samuel Weiser, 1968.

MacDonald, Jeffery L.  The anthropology of consciousness:  anthropology and parapsychology reconsidered.   Parapsychology Review, 17(4):13-15 (July-Aug, 1986).

MacDougall, Duncan. Hypothesis concerning soul substance together with experimental evidence of the existence of such substance. Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, 1(5):237-244 (1907).

Machado, Cesar Iria.  La practica del estado vibracional, Journal of Conscientiology, vol 5, no. 17 (July, 2002), International Academy of Conscientiology, New York.   [Relationship of intentionality and inducement of vibrational state.  Spanish]

Mackintosh, William Hunter. The essence of spiritualism. Colin Smythe, Gerrards Cross UK, 1973. [61p.]

MacLaren, Liz.  Mind over matter.  Brockhampton Press, London, 1986.

Macmillan, Armour.  This incredible adventure.  Hodder and Stoughton, London, 1927.  [fiction.  Modern American banker who is thrown back in time and visits ancient Greece, Carthage and Rome during a medical experiment.]

MacMillan, R.I. and K.W.G. Brown.  Cardiac arrest remembered.  Canadian Medical Association Journal.  104:889-890 (May 22, 1971). [Reprinted in A collection of near-death research readings.  Comp. Craig R. Lundahl (pp. 47-50).  Nelson-Hall, Chicago IL.]

MacNitt, R. D. How to use astral power. Parker Publishing Co, West Nyack NY.

Magoon, Vodisa Greenwood & Magoon, Willard M. Willard M. Magoon, psychic and healer; and nine articles by W. M. Magoon. V. G. Magoon, Newport VT, 1930. [202p]

Mahler, M. S., & Furer, M. Certain aspects of the separation-individuation phase. Psychoanalysis Quarterly, 32:1-14 (1963).

Mahony, Patrick. Escape into the psychic kingdom: Also, using its powers of self-renewal. House of Words, Los Angeles, 1975. [xiii, 162p.  Self-help.  Also published by Institute for the Study of Man, Washington DC, 1984.]

Mahony, Patrick. Out of the silence: A book of factual fantasies. Storm Publishers, New York, 1948. [180p.]

Mairie, M. Chronique: L'extériorisation de la conscience: Argument en faveur du spiritisme? Revue métapsychique, No. 1, 65-71. [French]

Maitland, Edward. Life of Anna Kingsford [2 vols]. Redway, London, 1896.

Maitz, Edward A. & Pekala, Ronald J. Phenomenological quantification of an out-of-the-body experience associated with a near-death event. Omega: The Journal of Death and Dying, 22(3):199-214 (1990/91)

Maliszewski, M., S.W. Twemlow, D.P. Brown, and J.M. Engler. A phenomenological typology of intensive meditation: A suggested methodology using the questionnaire approach. ReVision 4(2):3-27, 1981.

Malz, Betty.  My glimpse of eternity.  Spire Books, Old Tappan NJ, 1977. [126 p]

Manan, Johan van. Some occult experiences described by Johan van Manen and annotated by C. W. Leadbeater. Theosophical Publishing House, Madras, India, 1913. [131p]

Manning, Al G.  The Magic of new Ishtar power. Parker Publishing, 1977.  [self-help]

Manolesco, John.  Manolesco's guide to the occult.  Pocket Books, Richmond Hill ONT, 1972.  [141p.  General psi]

Mantegazza, P. On the hygienic and medicinal virtues of coca. In G. Andrews & D. Solomon (Eds), The coca leaf and cocaine papers. Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, New York, 1975.

Manz, R. The denial of death and the out-of-the-body experience. Journal of Religion and Health, 23(4):317-329 (Winter 1984).

Mariechild, Diane.  Mother wit:  a guide to healing and psychic development. Crossing Press, Santa Cruz CA, 1988.  [revised ed.  Self help]

Marks, David and Richard Kammann.  The psychology of the psychic:  a penetrating scientific analysis of claims of psychic abilities.  Prometheus Books, Buffalo NY, 1980.  [Psychology of the paranormal, remote viewing, and the psychic]

Marlin, J[effrey].  Getting out the ghost.  Pacer Books, New York, ca 1984.  [160p. Fiction.  Though the ghost who comes to live in a high school student's body brings her some interesting new talents, unpleasant aspects of the ghost's personality make havoc of her personal relationships.]

Marsh, Michael.  Beyond death:  the rebirth of immortality.  Hastings Center Report, 7(5):40-42 (Oct, 1977).

Marshall, Bill. Gideon McGee's dream. 1998 . [Sharon Wilderman, illustrator].

Martin, Anthony. Astralprojektion. Sphinx Verl., 2.Aufl, 1987.

Martin, Anthony. The theory and practice of astral projection: Exploration in a world beyond the body. Aquarian Press, Wellingborough, Northamptonshire, England, 1980. [96p, bibl, notes, index]

Martin, Anthony. Understanding astral projection: Exploration in a world beyond the body. The Aquarian Press, Wellingborough, Northamptonshire, England, 1990. [112p, bibl, index. First published as Martin, Anthony. The theory and practice of astral projection: Exploration in a world beyond the body. The Aquarian Press, Wellingborough, Northamptonshire, England, 1980. (96p, bibl, notes, index)]

Martin, Laurelynn G. Searching for home: a personal journey of transformation and healing after a near-death experience. Cosmic Concepts, St. Joseph MI, 1996.

Martin, Les. The invisible castle: a Thundercats thriller. Random House, New York NY, 1986. [64 p, ill, fiction]

Martin, Stephen Hawley.  Out of body, into mind:  a metaphysical adventure.  Oaklea Press, Richmond VA, 1995.  [223p. Fiction]

Martin, Stephen Hawley.  Soul survivor.  The Oaklea Press, Richmond VA, 1996.  [240p]

Mathers, S[amuel] Liddell] MacGregor et al. Astral projection, ritual magic and alchemy: Being hitherto unpublished Golden Dawn material (Francis King, Ed.). Spearman, 1971. [also published by Destiny Books, Rochester VT, 1972]

Mathers, S[amuel] L[iddell] MacGregor. Ritual magic of the Golden Dawn (Francis King, Ed.). Destiny Books, Rochester VT, 1997. [bibl]

Matlock, James G.  Review of Howard Mickel’s The near-death experience.  Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, 82(3):300-303 (July, 1988).

Matlock, James G.  Review of Margot Grey’s Return From Death.  Journal of the American Psychical Association, 81(4):392-396 (Oct, 1987).

Mattisien, E. Der Austritt de Ich als spiritisches Argument. Zeitschrift für Parapsychologie, 6:413-437, 481-494 (1931). [German]

Mattisien, E. Nochmals: Der Austritt de Ich als spiritisches Argument. Zeitschrift für Parapsychologie, 7:440-456 (1932). [German]

Matson, Archie. Afterlife: Reports from the threshold of death. Harper & Row, New York, 1977.

Matson, Archie.  The dead are raised.  Chap 3 in The waiting world:  what happens at death (pp. 32-41), Harper & Row, New York, 1975. [also published by Turnstone Books, London]

Mavromatis, A. Hypnagogia: The unique state of consciousness between wakefulness and sleep. Routledge & Kegan Paul, New York, 1987. [also published in London]

May, A. The mindless body: Being out of it! New Realities, 3(5):56-62 (1983).

McAdams, Elizabeth E., & Raymond Bayless. Have you been out of your body? In their The Case for Life After Death: Parapsychologists Look at the Evidence (pp. 7-20). Nelson-Hall, Chicago, 1981.

McAllister, John.  Review of Kenneth Ring's Life at death.  Theta, 8(4):22-24 (Fall, 1980).

McCaul, Kim.  Mentalsomatic perspective, Journal of Conscientiology, vol 5, no. 17 (July, 2002), International Academy of Conscientiology, New York.  [author’s OBE]

McCoy, Edain. Astral projection for beginners. Llewellyn Publications, St Paul MN, 1999. [xiv+ 244p, appendix, gloss, bibl, index]

McCreery, Charles. Psychical phenomena and the physical world [forward by Sir George Joy]. Proceedings of the Institute of Psychophysical Research, vol 4. Hamish Hamilton, London, 1973. [138p, ref notes]

See also: The soul of the matter (no author), below.

McDonagh, John M. Chrisitan psychology:  toward a new synthesis.  Crossroad, New York, 1982. [115p]

McDonagh, John. Review of Bette Furn’s Adjustment and the near-death experience.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 6(1):24-27 (Fall, 1987).

McEvoy, Mary Dee.  The relationships among the experience of dying, the experience of paranormal events, and creativity in adults.  PhD thesis, New York University, 1987.  [144p]

McHarg, J.F. Review of At the hour of death by Osis & Haraldsson. Journal of the Society for Psychical Research 49:885-87, 1978.

McIntosh, Alastair I. A spiritual monistic theory of out-of-the-body experiences. Christian Parapsychologist, 4(1):9-11 (1981).

McIntosh, Alastair I. Beliefs about out-of-the-body experiences among the Elema, Gulf Kamea and Rigo peoples of Papua New Guinea. Journal of the Society for Psychical Research, 50(785):460-478 (Sep 1980).

McKnight, Rosalind A. Cosmic journeys: my out-of-body explorations with Robert A. Monroe. Hampton Roads, Charlottesville VA, 1999. [Intro by Laurie A. Monroe, President, The Monroe Institute. McKnight aka explorer "ROMC".]

McLaughlin, Steven A[lexander], and Newton H. Malony.  Near-death experiences and religion:  a further investigation.  Journal of Religion and Health, 23(2):149-159 (Summer, 1984).

McLaughlin, Steven Alexander.  Near-death experiences and religion:  a further investigation.  Fuller Theological Seminary, School of Psychology, 1983.  [134p]

McMoneagle, Joseph. Mind trek. Hampton Roads, Charlottesville VA, 1993. [231 p, illus]

McMoneagle, Joseph.  Remote viewing secrets:  a handbook.  Hampton Roads Publishing, Charlottesville VA, 2000.  [320p]

McMoneagle, Joseph. The ultimate time machine: a remote viewer's perception of time and predictions for the new millennium. Hampton Roads, Charlottesville VA, 1998. [275p, illus]

Mead, G. R. S. The doctrine of the subtle body in Western tradition. Stuart & Watkins, London, 1919.

Meadow, Mary J[o], et al.  Spiritual and transpersonal aspects of altered states of consciousness:  a symposium report.  Journal of Transpersonal Psychology, 11(1):59-74 (1979).

Meadow, Mary Jo.  Proto-religious views of death and beyond.  A psychological comparison with unificationism.  In, Geddes MacGregor [Ed.], Immortality and human destiny:  a variety of views (pp. 85-101), Paragon House, New York, 1985.

Meek, George W. Deathbed, near-death, and out-of-body experiences. In his, After we die, what then? Answers and questions about life after death (pp. 55-59). Metascience Corp, Franklin NC, 1980. [207p, illus, index]

Meek, George & Harris, Bertha. From seance to science. Regency Press, London and New York, 1973. [194p, illus, index, bibl. Also published by Samuel Weiser, 1973]

Mendoza, Carlos (Carlos Romolu). Earth refugees of the Aquarian age. Budget Book, San Diego CA, 1982. [130p]

Mennear, Susan A.  Life after death?  Good Housekeeping, 183(3):187-188 (Sep, 1976).

Menninger-Lerchenthal, E. Heautoskopie und exteriorisation. Neue Wissenschaft, 4:233-243 (1954).

Menz, Robert L.  The denial of death and the out-of-body experience.  Journal of Religion & Health, 23(4):317-329 (Winter, 1984).

Meurois-Givaudan, Anne and Daniel Terre d'Emeraude.  Berichte von Astralreisen. Knaur, Esoterik, München, 1989.  {German]

Meurois-Givaudan, Anne and Daniel Terre d'Emeraude.  Témoignage d'outre-corps.  Arista, France, 1987.  [190p, French]

Meurois-Givaudan, Anne and Daniel Terre d'Emeraude  Le voyage à Shambhalla (un pèlerinage vers soi). Arista, France, 1987.  [French]

Mickel, Howard A.  A Critique of Kellehear’s transcendent society.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 10(2):123-130 (Winter, 1991).

Mickel, Howard. The near-death experience: A basic introduction. Howard Mickel/Theta Project, Wichita KS, 1985. [95p]

Mickel, Howard A.  The near-death experience:  a basic introduction.  Theta Project, Wichita KS, 1985. [99p]

For review, see:  Matlock, James G.  Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, 82(3):300-303 (July, 1988).

Sabom, W. Stephen.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 6(4):258-263 (Summer, 1988).

Mickel, Howard A.  A review of Bruce Greyson’s and Charles P. Flynn’s [Eds.], The Near-Death Experience:  Problems, Prospects, Perspectives.  Anabiosis, 5(1):65-70 (Spring, 1985).

Migliore, Daniel L. Life beyond death.  Theology Today, 34:178-187 (July, 1977).

Milbourne, Christopher.  Life after life.  Chap 11 in his, Search for the soul (pp. 117-132).  Thomas Y. Crowell, New York, 1979.

Miller, Judith S.  A counseling approach to assist near-death experiencers:  a response to Bette Furn’s paper.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 6(1):30-36 (Fall, 1987).

Miller, Judith.  Review of Raymond Moody’s The Light Beyond.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 7(3):191-199 (Spring, 1989).

Miller, M.D. Therapeutic effects of a near-death experience in anorexia nervosa. Adolesc Psychiatry, 1993.

Miller, Russell. Out of body travels. Self, 13(8):124-127 (Aug 1991). [survey, interview with Rick Stack, photo]

Miller, Stuart C. Ego-autonomy in sensory deprivation, isolation, and stress. International Journal of Pychoanalysis, 43:1-20 (1962).

Mills, Antonia.  Commentary on Allan Kellehear’s “Near-death experiences and the pursuit of the ideal society.”  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 10(2):113-122 (Winter, 1991).

Milton, Joyce.  Review of Kenneth Ring's Life at death.  Saturday Review, 7:61-61 (July, 1980).

Mindell, A. Working with the dreaming body. Routledge & Kegan Paul, Boston, 1985.

Mishlove, Jeffrey. Out-of-the body experiences. In his, The Roots of Consciousness: Psychic liberation through history, science and experience (pp. 126-138). Random House, New York, 1975. [xxxiv + 341p, illus, index, bibl]

Mishlove, Jeffery. Psi development systems. Ballantine, New York, 1983.

Mitchell, Edgar D. (Ed.). Psychic exploration: A challenge for science. G. P. Putnam's Sons, New York, 1974. [708p, illus, index, bibl, notes]

Mitchell, Janet Lee. Out-of-body experiences: A handbook (forward by Gertrude Schmeidler). McFarland, Jefferson NC, 1981. [128p, ref notes, index, bibl] [also published by Ballantine Books, New York, 1987]

For reviews, see: Alvarado, Carlos S. Journal of Parapsychology, 46:65-69 (1982).

Blackmore, Susan J. Journal of the Society for Psychical Research, 51:387-389 (1982).

Gabbard, Glen O. Theta, 11:68-69 (1983).

Grosso, Michael. Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, 76:186-188 (1982).

Ring, Kenneth. Vital Signs, 1(4):16 (1982).

Stokes, Dourglas M. Parapsychology Review, 13(5):22-24 (1982).

Mitchell, Janet L[ee]. Out-of-body experiences and autoscopy. Osteopathic Physician, April 1974, pp. 44-49. [comparison of the two phenomena]

Mitchell, Janet Lee. Out of the body vision. Psychic, 4(4):44-47 (Mar/Apr 1973), [also in D. Scott Rogo (Ed.), Mind Beyond the Body: The Mystery of ESP Projection (pp. 154-161). Penguin, New York, 1978] [reports ASPR experimentation with Ingo Swann]

Mitchell, Janet Lee. A psychic probe of the planet Mercury. Psychic, 6(2):16-21 (May/June 1975). [compares Swann and Sherman psychic data with feedback from Mariner 10 Mercury probe]

Mitchell, Janet Lee. Review of: Susan J. Blackmore, Beyond the body. Journal of Parapsychology, 47:260-263 (1983).

Mitchell, Janet Lee. Whoever said you were in the body, anyway? Theta, 10(1):2-5 (1982).

Mittl, John. Astral projection: Modus operandi. Health Research, Mokelumne Hill CA, 1960. [8p]

Moberly, Charlotte Ann Elizabeth & Jourdain, Eleanor Francis. An adventure. Coward-McCann, New York, third edition, ca 1955.

Moen, Bruce. Voyages into the unknown: exploring the afterlife, vol 1. Hampton Roads, Charlottesville VA, 1997. [256p]

Moen, Bruce. Voyages beyond doubt:  exploring the afterlife, vol 2. Hampton Roads, Charlottesville VA, 1998. [296p]

Moen, Bruce. Voyages into the afterlife:  exploring the afterlife, vol 3. Hampton Roads, Charlottesville VA, 1999. [320p]

Monroe, Robert A. Journeys out of the body. Doubleday, Garden City NY, 1971. [280p, glossary; first ed has bibl; rev. ed. 1977, intro by Charles Tart, epilogue by Stuart Twemlow. Also published by Souvenir Press, London and Anchor, New York. German translation: Der zweite Körper. Ansata-Verlag, Interlaken, Schweiz, 1987.]

Monroe, Robert A. Journeys out of the body: a journeys workbook. St. Martin’s Press, New York, 1988. [Also published as audio cassettes by Renaissance Tapes, 1988.]

Monroe, Robert A. Far journeys. Doubleday, Garden City NY, 1985. [xiii + 296p, bibl. German translation: Der Mann mit den zwei Leben, Econ Verl., Düsseldorf, 1972.]

Monroe, Robert.  From dozers to deezers.  International Brain Dominance Review, 4(2), 1987.

Monroe, Robert A. Ultimate Journey. Doubleday, New York, 1994. [303 p. glossary, bibl.]

Montgomery, Ruth Shick. Strangers among us. Coward-McCann, New York, 1979.

Montgomery, Ruth Shick. Threshold to tomorrow. Putnam's Sons, New York, 1982.

Moody, Raymond A. Jr. City of light, realm of shadow. Reader's Digest, 111(663):151-154 (July, 1977).

Moody, Raymond A., Jr.  Commentary on Ernest A. Rodin, The reality of death experience: a personal perspective. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 168(5):264-265 (May, 1980).

Moody, Raymond A., Jr. The experience of dying.  In A collection of near-death research readings (pp. 89-109). Nelson-Hall, Chicago, 1982.

Moody, Raymond A. Jr. Is there life after death?  Saturday Evening Post, 249(4):66-67, 82-85 (May/June, 1977).

Moody, Raymond A., Jr. The last laugh: a new philosophy of near-death experiences, apparitions, and the paranormal. 1999. [Preface by Neale Donald Walsch]

Moody, Raymond A., Jr.  The light beyond.  Bantam Books, New York, 1988. [161p.  Forward by Andrew Greeley]

Moody, Raymond A., Jr.  Life after life:  the investigation of a phenomenon—survival of bodily death.  Mockingbird Books, St Simons Island GA, 1975.  [187p.  Forward by Elisabeth Kübler-Ross.  Also published by Bantam Books, New York, 1975.  Condensation in Readers Digest, 110(657):193-215 (Jan, 1977)]

For reviews, see:  Fairbanks, Rollin J.  Journal of Pastoral Care, 32:71-72 (Mar, 1978).

Flannagan, Finbarr.  Clergy Review, 66:403-409 (Nov, 1981).

Garfield, Mitchell.  Journal of Popular Culture, 11:622-624 (Winter, 1977).

Grosso, Michael.  Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, 70(3):316-320 (July, 1976).

Moraczewski, Albert.  Sign, 56:40-43 (April, 1977).

Pease, Horace B.  Journal of Religion and Health, 16:244-45 (July, 1977).

Rehyansky, Joseph A.  Light at the end of the tunnel.  National Review, 29(34):1004-1005 (Sept 2, 1977).

Moody, Raymond A. Jr. Near-death experience:  dilemma for the clinician.  Virginia Medical, 104(10):687-690 (Oct, 1977). [Reprinted in Charles C. Thomas, The near death experiences:  problems, prospects, perspectives (pp. 217-222, 1984.]

Moody, Raymond A. Jr.  Reactions to Life after life. Excerpt from Reflections on life after life.  Theology Today, 35(2):192-195 (July, 1978).

Moody, Raymond A. Jr. Reflections on life after life. Stackpole Books, Harrisburg PA, 1977. [140 p.  Also published by Bantam Books, 1977.]

Moody, Raymond A. Jr. and Paul Perry.  Reunions:  Visionary Encounters with Departed Loved Ones.  Villard Books, New York, 1993.

For review, see:  Greyson, Bruce.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 14(4):281-286 (Summer, 1996).

Moody, Raymond A. et al. Finding the light, 1994. [Cassette]

Moon, Stephen. Journal of astral travels. http://www2.elec.qmw.ac.uk/~stephen/journal/joat.html, 1996

Moore, Brian. Cold heaven. Cape, London, 1983. [271p, fiction]

Moore, Brooke Noel.  Other studies of near-death experiences.  Chap. 20 in his, The philosophical possibilities  beyond death (pp. 145-164). Charles. C. Thomas, Springfield IL, 1981.

Moore, Brook Noel. The philosophical possibilities beyond death. Charles C Thomas, Springfield IL, 1981. [222p, ref notes, index, bibl]

Moore, Evelyn Garth. Try the spirits: Christianity and psychical research. Oxford University Press, New York, 1977. [x + 131p, bibl]

Moraczewski, Albert.  Review of Raymond Moody's Life After Life.  Sign, 56:40-43 (April, 1977).

Morey, Robert.  Occultism.  Chap 10 in Death and the afterlife (pp. 258-266). Methany House, Minneapolis MN, 1984.

Morgan, Keith. Easy astral projection: Simple techniques for travelling in the astral planes. Pentacle Enterprises, London, 1992. [21p.]

Morimitsu, Phil. In the country of ECK masters. Eckankar, 1987.

Morimitsu, Phil. The seeker. Eckankar, Minneapolis MN, 1992. [x, 174 p]

Morrell, Ed. The twenty-fifth man.

Morris, Robert L. The use of detectors for out-of-body experiences [summary]. In W. G. Roll, R. L. Morris & J. D. Morris (Eds.), Research in Parapsychology 1973 (pp. 114-116). Scarecrow Press, Metuchen NJ, 1974. [use of human, animal, and physiological detectors in experiments with Blue Harary]

Morris, Robert L. PRF research on out-of-body experiences. Theta, 41:1-3 (1974). [popular report of Morris, R. G. The use of detectors for out-of-body experiences]

Morris, Robert L.; Harary, Stuart Blue.; Janis, Joseph; Hartwell, John; & Roll, William G. Studies of communication during out-of-body experiences. Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, 72(1):1-21 (Jan 1978).

Morris, Robert L., Osis, Karlis; Palmer, John; & Tart, Charles T. Research on out-of-body experiences. In W. G. Roll (Ed.), Research in Parapsychology 1977 (pp. 11-14). Scarecrow Press, Metuchen NJ, 1978.

Morrissey, Dianne. Anyone can see the light: The seven keys to a guided out-of-body experience. Stillpoint Publishing, Walpole NH, 1996. [189 p, bibl]

Morrissey, Dianne.  You can see the light:  how to touch eternity and return safely.  Stillpoint Publishing, Walpole NH, 1997.  [189p]

Morse, Melvin L.  Letter:  More on Kenneth Ring’s “swan song.”  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 14(3):215-217 (Spring, 1996).

Morse, Melvin.  A near-death experience in a 7-year-old child.  American Journal of Diseases of Children, 137(10:959-961 (Oct, 1983).

Morse, Melvin.  Scientific vs. anecdotal near-death studies.  Letter in Journal of Near-Death Studies, 7(2):129-132 (Winter, 1988).

Morse, Melvin with Paul Perry. Closer to the light: learning from children's near death experiences. G.K. Hall, Boston, 1991. [forward by Raymond A. Moody.  Also published by Villard Books, New York, 1990.]

For review, see:  Twemlow, Stuart W.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 9(4):249-254 (Summer, 1991).

Morse, Melvin and Paul Perry.  Where God lives:  the science of the paranormal and how our brains are linked to the universe.  Harper San Francisco, 2001.  [208 p]

Melvin, Morse with Paul Perry. Transformed by the light: the powerful effect of near-death experiences on people's lives. Villard Books, New York, 1992.

Morse, Melvin and Paul Castillo. Childhood near-death experiences. American Journal of Diseases of Children, 140:1110-1114 (1986).

Morse, Melvin, et al.  Childhood near-death experiences.  American Journal of Diseases of Children, 140(11):1110-1114 (Nov, 1986).

Morse, Melvin, et al.  Near-death experiences in a pediatric population:  a preliminary report.  American Journal of Diseases of Children, 139(6):595-600 (June, 1985).

Morton, Robert E.  The here and the hereafter.  Faith Freedom, 36(1):29-40 (Autumn, 1982).

Moser, Robert E. Mental and astral projection. Esoteric Publications, Cottonwood AZ, 1974.

Moss, Thelma. Can we get out of our bodies? In her, The probability of the impossible: Scientific discoveries and explorations in the psychic world (pp. 278-304). J. P. Tarcher, Los Angeles, 1974. [410p, illus, ref notes, index, bibl]

Moss, Robert. Conscious dreaming:  a spiritual path for everyday life.  Crown, New York, 1996. [xii, 384p.  Also published by Three Rivers Press, New York, 1996.]

Moss, Robert. Dreamgates:  an explorer's guide to the worlds of soul, imagination and life beyond death. Three Rivers Press, New York, 1998. [368p]

Moss, Robert. Dream gates:  a journey into active dreaming. Sounds True, Boulder CO, 1997. [6-cassette tape set]

Moss, Robert. The firekeeper. Forge, New York, 1996. [688 p, fiction, lucid dreaming]

Moss, Robert. The interpreter.  Forge, New York, 1998. [420p, fiction, lucid dreaming]

Mozumdar, A. K. Christ on the road of today. Messianic, 1927.

Muldoon, Sylvan Joseph. The case for astral projection. Aries Press, Chicago, 1936. [173p. 2nd ed., 1946. Also published by Rider, London, 1946.  Contains NDEs of A.S. Wiltse, J.L. Bertrand, and Gail Hamilton.]

Muldoon Sylvan Joseph and Hereward Carrington.  The phenomena of astral projection. Rider, London, 1951. [222p, bibl.] [also published by Sun Books, Albuquerque NM, 1951; also Samuel Weiser, New York, nd]

Muldoon, Sylvan [Joseph], and Hereward Carrington.  The phenomena of astral projections.  Samuel Weiser, New York, 1974.

Muldoon Sylvan Joseph and Hereward Carrington.  The projection of the astral body. Rider, London, 1929. [revised edition 1956, 320p, illus, index. Also published by Samuel Weiser, York Beach ME, 1973. Cases, theory, techniques. German translation: Die Aussendung des Astralkörpers. Hermann Bauer Verl., Freiburg i.Breisgau, 1964.]

Müller, René. Interdemensional connections and traveling. http://www.spiritweb.org/Spirit/rkm-interdim-traveling.html, 1994.

Mulvin, Jerry. The annals of time. The Divine Science of Light and Sound, Manhattan Beach CA, 1982. [157p, illus]

Mulvin, Jerry. Out-of-body exploration. The Divine Science of Light and Sound, Marina del Rey CA, 1986. [87p.]

Mulvin, Jerry. Thru the vortex. Divine Science of Light and Sound, Marina del Rey CA, 1991. [100 pp]

Munk, William. On some of the phenomena of dying. Euthanasia:  or, medical treatment in aid of an easy death (pp. 1-49).  Longmans, Green, and Co, London, 1887.

Murdock, G. P. Outline of world cultures. 3rd revised edition, Human Relations Area Files, New Haven, 1963.

Murphy, G. Scientific approaches to the study of survival. In A. Kutscher (Ed.), Death and Bereavement (pp. 139-145). Charles C Thomas, Springfield IL, 1969.

Murphy, G. with Dale, L. Challenge of psychical research. Harper & Row, New York, 1961.

Murphy, Joseph.  Psychic perception:  the magic of extrasensory power.  Parker Publishing, New York, 1971.  [ESP how-to]

Murphy, Michael & White, Rhea A. Out-of-body experiences. In their, The psychic side of sports (pp. 64-66). Addison-Wesley, Reading MA, 1978. [227p, illus, index, bibl]

Musgrave, Cassandra.  The near-death experience:  a study of spiritual transformation.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 15(3)187-202: (Spring, 1997).

My brush with death.  Ebony, 44:96, 98, 100 (May, 1989).

Myers, Frederic W.H. On indications of continued terrene knowledge on the part of the phantasms of the dead. Proceedings of the Society for Psychical Research, 8:170-252 (1892).

Myers, F[rederic] W. H. Note on a suggested mode of psychical interaction. In Edmund Gurney, F. W. H. Myers & Frank Podmore, Phantasms of the Living (Vol 2, pp. 277-316), Society for Psychical Research, London, 1886.

Myers, F[rederic] W. H. Human personality and its survival of bodily death (2 vols.). Longmans, Green; London; 1903. [edited by Susy Smith. Also published by University Books, New York, 1961.]

Myers, Susan A. Personality characteristics as related to out-of-body experiences. Unpublished master's thesis. St Louis University, MO, 1982.

Myers, Susan A. & Austrin, Harvey R. Distal eidetic technology: Further characteristics of the fantasy-prone personality. Journal of Mental Imagery, ca 1984.

Myers, Susan A., Harvey R. Austrin, J. Thomas Grisso, and Richard C. Nickeson.  Personality characteristics as related to the out-of-body experience.  Journal of Parapsychology, 47(2):131-144 (June, 1983).

 

N

 

Naegele, David. Journeys out of body: Inner harmony New Age music. [audio tape]

Nash, M. R.; Lynn, S. L.; & Stanley, S. M. The direct hypnotic suggestion of altered mind/body perception. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 27:95-102 (1984).

Near-death experience illuminates dying itself.  New York Times, Oct 28, 1986, Sec C, p. 8.

Near-death experience in children:  a first report.  Brain/Mind Bulletin, 9:1-2 (Dec 12, 1983).

Near-death experiences follow clearcut pattern.  Brain/Mind Bulletin, 5:1-2 (Sept 1, 1980).

Nebel, Long John with Teller, Sanford M. & Susann, Jaqueline. The psychic world around us. Hawthorne/NAL Books, New York, 1960 or 1969. [221p]

Neher, Andrew.  The psychology of transcendence.  Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs NJ, 1980.  [xx, 362p, illus, gloss, bibl, index]

Neher, Andrew. Out-of-body experience. In his, The psychology of transcendance (pp. 191-195). Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs NJ, 1980. [forward by Robert Morris & Ray Hyman, 361p, illus, index, bibl, gloss]

Nelson, John.  Starborn:  a mystical tale.  Donning, Virginia Beach VA, 1978.  [115p.  Through a cosmic mishap, Edward Doolittle was born with his spiritual memory and psychic faculties intact. Though given a grand opportunity for spiritual growth, Edward is more interested in play, at least until a mad scientist threatens the world..  2nd ed published by Hampton Roads, Charlottesville VA, 1993, 133p]

Nemere, Istvan. Kilephetsz testedbol: A spiritisztak titkai. Libroservo, Budapest, 1991. [127 p, bibl. Hungarian]

Neppe, V. M. Psychiatric interpretations of subjective paranormal perception. Parapsychological Journal of South Africa, 3(1):6-16 (Jun 1982)

Neuhaus, Richard John.  As I lay dying:  meditations upon returning.  Basic Books, NewYork, 2002.  [224 p.  NDE]

News and announcements: Astral projection. Journal of Paraphysics, 4:66-67 (1970).

Newsome, Rosalie.  Ego, moral, and faith development in near-death experiencers:  three case studies.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 7(2):73-105 (Winter, 1988).

Newton, Michael.  Destiny of souls : new case studies of life between lives.  Llewellyn, St Paul MN, 2000.  [xiv, 409p, illus]

Newton, Michael.  Journey of souls:  case studies of life between lives.  Llewellyn, St Paul MN, 1994.  [276p]

For review, see:  Aparício, Marisela, Journal of Conscientiology, vol 2, no. 5 (July, 1999), International Academy of Conscientiology, New York.

Nichelson, Oliver.  Letter:  Bringing the NDE home.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 9(4):257-259 (Summer, 1991).

Nichols, R Eugene.  The science of higher sense perception.. Parker Publishing, West Nyack NY, 1972.  [214p]

Nietzke, Ann.  The miracle of Kübler-Ross. Human Behavior, 6(9):18-27. [Reprinted in Cosmopolitan, 188(2):206-211, 254 (Feb, 1977).

Night Light. Newsletter of The Lucidity Institute, 1989.

Nizida. The astral light. 1889.

Noble, Kathleen D.  Psychological health and the experience of transcendence.  Counseling Psychologist, 15(4):601-614 (Oct, 1987).

Norment, Lynn.  People who return from death.  Ebony, 33(1):135-136, 138, 140, 142 (Nov, 1977).

North, Anthony.  Astral travel. In his, The paranormal: A guide to the unexplained (pp. 185-189). Blandford, London, 1996. [250 pp, bibl, index]

Norvell, Anthony.  Mind cosmology. Parker Publishing Co, West Nyack NY, 1971.

Norvell, Anthony.  Miracle power of transcendental meditation. Parker Publishing Co, West Nyack NY, 1972.

Norvell, Anthony.  Occult sciences: How to get what you want. Parker Publishing Co, West Nyack NY, 1971.

Noyes, Russell, Jr.  Attitude change following near-death experiences.  Psychiatry, 43(3):234-242 (Aug, 1980).

Noyes, Russell, Jr.  Dying and mystical consciousness.  Journal of Thanatology 1(1):25-41 (Jan/Feb, 1971).

Noyes, Russell, Jr.  The encounter with life-threatening danger:  its nature and inpact.  Essence, 5(1):21-32 (1981).

Noyes, Russell, Jr.  The experience of dying.  Psychiatry, 35(2):174-184 (May, 1972).

Noyes, Russell, Jr.  The human experience of death or, what can we learn from near-death experiences?  Omega: The Journal of Death and Dying, 13(3):251-259 (1983).  [Reprinted in Bruce Greyson and Charles P. Flynn [Eds.], The Near-Death Experience:  Problems, Prospects, Perspectives (pp. 267-277).  Charles C. Thomas, Springfield IL, 1984.]

Noyes, Russell, Jr.  Is there new evidence for life after death?  Review of Raymond Moody's Life After Life.  The Humanist,  37(1):51-53 (Jan/Feb, 1977).

Noyes, Russell, Jr.  Near-death experiences:  their interpretation and significance.  In Robert Kastenbaum [Ed.], Between life and death (pp. 73-889).  Springer, New York, 1979.

Noyes, Russell, Jr.  Review of Kenneth Ring’s Life at death.  Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 169(10):667-668 (Oct, 1981)

Noyes, Russell, Jr. and Roy Kletti.  Depersonalization in the face of life-threatening danger:  a description.  Psychiatry, 39(1):19-27 (1976). [Reprinted in A Collection of Near-Death Research Readings, comp. Craig R. Lundahl, pp 51-64, Nelson-Hall Publishers, Chicago. 1982.

Noyes, Russell, Jr. and Roy Kletti.  Depersonalization in the face of life-threatening danger:  an interpretation.  Omega: The Journal of Death and Dying, 7(2):103-114 (1976).

Noyes, Russell, Jr. and Roy Kletti.  Depersonalization in response to life-threatening danger.  Comprehensive Psychiatry, 18(4):375-384 (July/Aug, 1977).

Noyes, Russell, Jr. and Roy Kletti.  The experience of dying from falls.  Omega: The Journal of Death and Dying, 3:45-52 (1972).

Noyes, Russell, Jr., and R[oy] Kletti.  Panoramic memory:  a response to the threat of death. Omega: The Journal of Death and Dying, 8930:181-194 (1977).

Noyes, Russell, Jr. et al.  Depersonalization in accident victims and psychiatric patients.  Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 164(6):401-407 (1977).

Noyes, Russell, Jr, and Donald J. Slymen.  The subjective response to life-threatening danger. Omega: The Journal of Death and Dying, 9:313-321 (1978).  [Reprinted in The near-death experience:  problems, prospects, perspectives (pp. 19-36), Charles C. Thomas, springfield IL.]

 

O

 

Oakes, Annalee.  Near-death events and critical care nursing.  Topics in Clinical Nursing, 3(3):61-18 (1981).  [Reprinted in Bruce Greyson and Charles P. Flynn [Eds.], The Near-Death Experience:  Problems, Prospects, Perspectives (pp. 223-231).  Charles C. Thomas, Springfield IL, 1984.]

Oakley, C.I. The Count of St. Germain. Steiner Books, 1970.

OBEs not rare. Parapsychology Review, 11(2):15 (Mar/Apr 1980)

OBEs of artificial heart patient. Parapsychology Review, 16(5):15 (Sep/Oct 1985).

Odeberg, J. Les phénomènes de bilocation. Psychica, 18:173-179 (1938). [French]

Ogston, Alexander,  Bloemfontein.  In, Reminiscences of three campaigns (pp. 221-225). Hodder and Stoughton, London, 1919.

Olderich, Cecilia.  Proyección con despegue asistido, Journal of Conscientiology, vol 3, no. 12 (Apr, 2001), International Academy of Conscientiology, New York.  [author’s OBE.  Portuguese]

O'Leary, B. Exploring inner and outer space. North Atlantic Books, Berkeley CA, 1989.

Oliver, Frederick Spencer. Dweller on two planets. Borden, 1952.

Olson, Eugene. see Dane, Christopher.

Olson, Melodie. The incidence of out-of-body experiences in hospitalized patients. Journal of Near Death Studies, 6(3):169-174 (Spring 1988).

Olson, M. A. The relationship of the out-of-body experience and level of relaxation. Unpublished doctoral dissertation. University of Texas, Austin TX, 1982.

Ophiel (pseudonym for Edward Peach). The art and practice of astral projection. Samuel Weiser; York Beach ME, 1961. [116p, illus. Also published by Peach Publishing, San Francisco, 1961]

Ophiel (pseudonym for Edward Peach). Art and practice of clairvoyance. Peach Publishing, San Francisco, 1972.

Ophiel (pseudonym for Edward Peach). Correspondence course in astral projection. [2915 Lane Dr, Concord CA 94518], nd.

D'Orelli, Gabriel. The story of my life. 1918.

Orne, R[oberta] M. The meaning of survival: the early aftermath of a near-death experience. Res Nurs Health (Jun, 1995).

Orne, Roberta M.  Nurses views of NDE’s.  American Journal of Nursing, 86(4):419-420 (1986).

O’Roark, Mary Ann.  Life after death:  the growing evidence. McCalls, 108(6):24 ff (March, 1981).  [Condensation in Reader’s Digest, 119(712):51-55 (Aug 8, 1981).]

Ortega, Bob.  Research institute shows people a way out of their bodies.  Wall Street Journal, Sept 20, 1994, pp. A1, A8.

Osborn, Arthur W[alter].  The Meaning of personal existence in the light of paranormal phenomena:  the doctrine of reincarnation and mystical states. Sidgwick and Jackson, London, 1966.  [232p.  Research on survival of death, paranormal phenomena, speaking in unknown tongues, OBE]

Osborn, Arthur W[alter]. Mysticism and allied states.  In his, The expansion of awareness (pp. 186-209).  Omega Press, Reigate UK, 1955.

Osborn, Arthur Walter. Out-of-the-body experiences. In his, The meaning of personal existence: In the light of paranormal phenomena, the doctrine of reincarnation and mystical states of consciousness (pp. 45-53). Theosophical Publishing House, Wheaton IL, 1967. [xviii + 232p, index, bibl, forward by Ian Stevenson]

Osborn, Arthur Walter. The subliminal consciousness and out-of-the-body experiences. In his, The future is now: The significance of precognition (pp. 157-163). University Books, New Hyde Park NY, 1961. [254p, index]

Osis, Karlis. Insiders' views of the OBE: A questionnaire survey. Paper presented at the 21st annual convention of the Parapsychological Association, St. Louis MO, 1978.

Osis, Karlis. Insiders' views of the OBE: A questionnaire survey. In W. G. Roll (Ed.), Research in Parapsychology 1978 (pp. 50-52). Scarecrow Press, Metuchen NJ, 1979. [summary]

Osis, Karlis.  Letter:  NDEs and satisfaction with life.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 14(3):217-218 (Spring, 1996).

Osis, Karlis. Out-of-body experiences: A personal view. Psi News, 4(3):1-2 (1981).

Osis, Karlis. Out-of-body experiences: A preliminary survey. Paper presented at the Parapsychological Association annual convention, St. Louis MO, Aug 1978.

Osis, Karlis. Out-of-body research at the American Society for Psychical Research. Newsletter of the American Society for Psychical Research, No. 22, 1974 [also in D. Scott Rogo (Ed.), Mind Beyond the Body: The Mystery of ESP Projection (pp. 162-169). Penguin, New York, 1978]

Osis, Karlis. Perceptual experiments on out-of-body experiences. In J. D. Morris, W.G. Roll, & R.L. Morris (Eds.), Research in Parapsychology 1974 (pp. 53-55). Scarecrow Press, Metuchen NJ, 1975. [summary]

Osis, Karlis. Perspectives for out-of-body research, In W.G. Roll, R.L. Morris, & J.D. Morris (Eds.), Research in Parapsychology 1972/73. Scarecrow Press, Metuchen NJ, 1973/74.

Osis, Karlis. Research on out-of-body experiences: Where do we go from here? Perspectives for out-of-body research. In W. G. Roll, R. L. Morris & J. D. Morris (Eds.), Research in Parapsychology 1973 (pp. 110-113). Scarecrow Press, Metuchen NJ, 1974.

Osis, Karlis. Review of: George Gallup Jr., Adventures in immortality: A look beyond the threshold of death. Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, 77:180-185 (1983).

Osis, Karlis.  Review of Kenneth Ring’s Life at Death.  Journal of Parapsychology, 45(4):350-352 (1981).

Osis, Karlis.  Review of Kenneth Ring’s Life at Death.  Omega, 12(1):79-83 (1981).

Osis, Karlis.  Review of Margot Grey’s Return From Death.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 7(3):183-189 (Spring, 1989).

Osis, Karlis.  Review of Michael Sabom’s Recollections of death.  Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, 77(1):79-83 (Jan, 1983).

Osis, Karlis. Rival models for ESP. New Horizons, 1(5):230-231 (Jan 1975).

Osis, Karlis. Toward a methodology for experiments on out-of-body experiences. In W. G. Roll, R. L. Morris & J. D. Morris (Eds.), Research in Parapsychology 1972. Scarecrow Press, Metuchen NJ, 1973.

Osis, Karlis and Erlendur Haraldsson.  At the hour of death. Avon Books, New York, 1977. [250p. Also published by Time-Life Books, Alexandria VA. 1993. Introduction by Elisabeth Kübler-Ross.  Revised ed, Hastings, New York, 1986]

For review, see: McHarg, J.F. Journal of the Society for Psychical Research 49:885-87, 1978.

Osis, Karlis and Erlendur Haraldsson. What they saw at the hour of death: the results of research on over 1,000 afterlife experiences. Hastings House, Mamaroneck NY, 1997.

Osis, Karlis & McCormick, Donna. Correspondence: The authors reply to Susan J. Blackmore on the extrasomatic localization of out-of-body projection. Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, 75(4):367-368 (Oct 1981).

Osis, Karlis & McCormick, Donna. Correspondence: The authors reply to Mr. Isaacs. Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, 75(2):194-197 (1981).

See also: Isaacs, Julian. Correspondence: On kinetic effects during out-of-body experience. Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, 75(2):192-194 (1981).

Osis, Karlis & McCormick, Donna. Insiders' views of the OBE: A questionnaire survey at the ASPR. Newsletter of the American Society for Psychical Research, 4:18-19 (1978).

Osis, Karlis & McCormick, Donna. Kinetic effects at the ostensible location of an out-of-body projection during perceptual testing. Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, 74:319-329 (1980).

See also: Isaacs, Julian. Correspondence: On kinetic effects during out-of-body experience. Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, 75:192-194 (1981).

Isaacs, Julian. Correspondence: On kinetic effects during out-of-body experience. Parapsychology Review. 12(4):1-6 (1981).

Osis, Karlis. & McCormick, Donna. Correspondence: The authors reply to Mr. Isaacs. Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, 75(2):194-197 (1981).

Blackmore, Susan J. Correspondence: On the extrasomatic localization of OB projections. Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, 75:365-366 (1981).

Osis, Karlis & McCormick, Donna. Correspondence: The authors reply to Susan Blackmore. Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, 75:367-368 (1981).

Osis, Karlis & Mitchell, Janet Lee. Physiological correlates of reported out-of-body experiences. Journal of the Society for Psychical Research, 49(772):525-536 (1977).

Osis, Karlis & Perskari, Boneita. Perceptual tests of the out-of-body hypothesis. Chester F. Carlson Research Laboratory (for ASPR), 1975.

Osty, E. Le vision de soi. Revue Métapsychique, No. 3, 185-197 (1930). [French]

Osty, E. Autoscopy. In his, Supernormal faculties in man: An experimental study (pp. 12-16). Methuen, London, 1923. [S. deBrath, translator]

Ousley, J.D.  Possible Evidence for life after death.  Anglican Theological Review, 60:259-277 (July, 1978).

Ousley, S. G. J. How to project your astral body. Harbinger of Light, 78(8):1-5 (1947).

"Out-of-the-body" experience.  Journal of the Society for Psychical Research, 34(644-645):206-211 (Mar-Apr 1948).

Owen, Alan Robert George. Astral projection and psychic photography. In his, Psychic mysteries of the north: Discoveries from the maritime provinces and beyond (pp. 142-152). Harper and Row, New York, 1975. [243p, ref notes, bibl]

Owen, Alan Robert George.  Psychic mysteries of Canada.  Fitzhenry & Whiteside, Toronto, 1975.

Owens, J.E. et al. Features of "near-death experience" in relation to whether or not patients were near death. Lancet (Nov, 1990).

Owens, J.E. et al. Near-death experience. Lancet (May, 1991). [letter; comment]

Oxenham, John and Erica Oxenham. Out of the body. Longmans, Green; London, 1941.

 

P

 

Pacciolla, Aureliano.  The near-death experience:  a study of its validity.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 14(3):179-186 (Spring, 1996).

Pace, James C. and Deborah L. Drumm.  The phantom leaf effect and its implications for near-death and out-of-body experiences.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 10(4):233-240 (Summer, 1992).

Paget, Richard [Comp.]. Beyond death's door : a collection of true stories told by people who died ... and lived to tell about it. Ashley Books, Port Washington NY, 1979.

Palmer, John. A community mail survey of psychic experiences. The Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, 73(3):221-251 (1979).

Palmer, John. Consciousness localized in space outside the body. Osteopathic Physician, 14(April):51-62, 1974. [also in D. Scott Rogo (Ed.), Mind Beyond the Body: The Mystery of ESP Projection. Penguin, New York, 1978]

Palmer, John. Correspondence [on Irwin, Harvey J. Out of the body down under: Some cognitive characteristics of Australian students reporting OOBEs. Journal of the Society for Psychical Research, 50(785):448-459 (Sep 1980).]. Journal of the Society for Psychical Research, 51(787):35-36 (Feb 1981).

See also: Irwin, Harvey J. Correspondence: Reply to Palmer. Journal of the Society for Psychical Research, 51(788):118-120 (1981).

Palmer, John. Correspondence: Reply to Barbara Honegger. Parapsychology Review, 10(2):26-27 (Mar-Apr 1979).

See also: Honegger, Barbara. Correspondence: An alternative psychological theory of the out-of-body experience. Parapsychology Review, 10(2):24-26 (1979).

Palmer, John. ESP and out-of-body experiences: An experimental approach. In D. Scott Rogo (Ed.), Mind Beyond the Body: The Mystery of ESP Projection (pp. 193-217). Penguin, New York, 1978.

Palmer, John. ESP and out-of-body experiences: EEG correlates. In W. G. Roll (Ed.), Research in Parapsychology 1978 (pp. 122-127). Scarecrow Press, Metuchen NJ, 1979. [summary]

Palmer, John. The out-of-body experience. Unpublished manuscript, 1975

Palmer, John. The out-of-body experience: A psychological theory. Parapsychology Review, 9(5):19-22 (Sep/Oct 1978).

See also: Honegger, Barbara. Correspondence: An alternative psychological theory of the out-of-body experience. Parapsychology Review, 10(2):24-26 (Mar-Apr 1979).

Palmer, John. Correspondence: Reply to Barbara Honegger on psychological theories of OBEs. Parapsychology Review, 10(2):26-27 (Mar-Apr 1979).

Palmer, John. Review of: Benjamin Walker, Beyond the body: The human double and the astral planes. Theta, 5(3):10-11 (1977).

Palmer, John. Review of: Harvey J. Irwin, Flight of mind. Parapsychology Review, 17(2):12-15 (Mar-Apr 1986).

Palmer, John. Some new directions for research. In W. G. Roll, R. L. Morris, & J. D. Morris, (Eds.), Research in Parapsychology 1973 (pp. 107-110), Scarecrow Press, Metuchen NJ, 1974.

Palmer, John & Dennis, M. A community mail survey of psychic experiences. In J. D. Morris, W. G. Roll & R. L. Morris (Eds.), Research in Parapsychology 1974 (pp. 130-133), Scarecrow Press, Metuchen NJ,1975.

Palmer, John & Lieberman, Ronald. ESP and out-of-body experiences: A further study. In J. D. Morris, W. G. Roll & R. L. Morris (Eds.), Research in Parapsychology 1975 (pp. 102-106). Scarecrow Press, Metuchen NJ, 1976. [summary]

Palmer, John & Lieberman, Ronald. ESP and out-of-body experiences: The effect of psychological set. In J. D. Morris et al (Eds.), Research in Parapsychology 1974 (pp. 122-127). Scarecrow Press, Metuchen NJ, 1975.

Palmer, John & Lieberman, Ronald. The influence of psychological set on ESP and out-of-body experiences. Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, 69(3):193-213 (Jul 1975).

Palmer, John; Osis, Karlis; Morris, R. L.; & Tart, Charles T. Symposium: Research on out-of-the-body experiences: Where do we go from here? In W. G. Roll, R. L. Morris, & J. D. Morris (Eds.), Research in Parapsychology 1973 (pp. 107-120). Scarecrow Press, Metuchen NJ, 1974.

Palmer, John & Van der Velden, I. ESP and "hypnotic imagination": A group free-response study. European Journal of Parapsychology, 4:413-434 (1983).

Palmer, John & Vassar, C. ESP and out-of-the-body experiences: An exploratory study. Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, 68(3):257-280 (1974).

Palmer, John & Vassar, C. Toward experimental induction of out-of-body experience. Research on Parapsychology 1973 (pp. 38-41). Scarecrow Press, Metuchen NJ, 1974.

Palwick, Susan. Flying in place. TOR (Tom Doherty Associates), New York, 1992. [fiction]

Panati, Charles.  Is there life after death?  Family Circle, 89:78,84,90 (Nov, 1976).

Panati, Charles. The out-of-the-body experience. In his, Supersenses: Our potential for parasensory experience (pp. 139-150). Quadrangle/New York Times Book Co, New York, 1974. [summarizes OBE experiments]

Panchadasi, Swami. The astral world: Its scenes, dwellers and phenomena. nd. [93p, ca 1938, no publishing information]

Panchadasi, Swami. The human aura; astral colors and thought forms. Yoga Publishing Co, Desplaines IL, ca 1940.

Pandy, Carol.  The need for a psychological study of clinical death.  Omega, 2:1-8 (1971).

Papowitz, Louise.  Life/death/life.  American Journal of Nursing, 86(4):416-418 (1986).

Park, Olga. Between time and eternity. Vantage Press, New York, 1960.

Parke, Solitaire. Beyond the astral planes.  Gray Wolf Productions, Phoenix AZ, 1994. [iv + 245 p, ill.  Also at http://www1.fatbrain.com/asp/bookinfo/bookinfo.asp?theisbn=EB00002376

Parke, Solitaire.  Inward journey.  Gray Wolf Productions, Phoenix AZ, 1994. [100p.  Also at http://www1.fatbrain.com/asp/bookinfo/bookinfo.asp?theisbn=EB00002316]

Parke, Solitaire.  Threshold of perception.  Gray Wolf Productions, Phoenix AZ, 1996. [200p.  Also at http://www1.fatbrain.com/asp/bookinfo/bookinfo.asp?theisbn=EB00002412]

Parker, Adrian. States of mind: ESP and altered states of consciousness. Taplinger, New York, 1975. [198p, index, bibl]

Parrish-Harris, Carol W. Messengers of hope. New Age Press, 1983.

Parrish-Harris, Carol W.  My personal near-death experience.  Chap 12 in her, A newage handbook on death and dying, Devorss & Co, Marina del Rey CA, 1982.

Pasricha, Satwant and Ian Stevenson.  Near-death experiences in India:  a preliminary report.  Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 174(3):165-170 (March, 1986).

Peach, Edward. See: Ophiel (pseudonym)

Pearce, Joseph Chilton.  Review of P.M.H. Atwater’s Beyond the Light”  What Isn’t Being Said About the Near-Death Experience.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 14(1):61-70 (Fall, 1995).

Pearre, James.  Ghost story:  how a long-dead patient talked doctor into continuing work with the dying.  Interview with Elisabeth Kübler-Ross.  San Francisco Sunday Examiner and Chronicle, Sec B, p 7 (Nov 14, 1976).

Pearson, Mary. David V. God. forthcoming

Pease, Horace B.  Review of Raymond Moody's Life After Life. Journal of Religion and Health, 16:244-45 (July, 1977).

Peering through death’s door.  Discover, 6(11):6 (Nov, 1985).

Pelley, Wm. Dudley. Seven minutes in eternity with their aftermath. Robert Collier Inc, New York, ca 1929.

Pennachio, John.  The near-death experience as mystical experience.  Journal of Religion & Health, 25(1):64-72 (Spring, 1986).

Pennachio, John.  Near-death experiences and self-transformation. Journal of Near-Death Studies, 6(3):162-168 (Spring, 1988).

Perry, Michael.  What is dying like?  The Expository Times, 91:199-203 (1979). [Reprinted in Journal of the Academy of Religion and Psychical Research, 3(3):161-169 (July 1980).

Perry, Paul.  Brushes with death:  the evidence from near-death experiences point to a hereafter.  Psychology Today, 22:14, 17 (Sep, 1988).

Persinger, M.A. Out-of-body experiences are more probable in people with elevated complex partial epileptic-like signs during periods of enhanced geomagnetic activity: a nonlinear effect. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 80(2):563-569 (April 1995).

Perkins, John. Psychonavigation: Techniques for travel beyond time. Destiny Books, Rochester VT, 1990. [123p, bibl, index]

Persinger, Michael A. Out-of-body experiences. In his, The paranormal: Part I - Patterns (pp. 181-191). MSS Information Corp, New York, 1974. [248p, bibl]

Persson, Camilla. Upptäck ditt andra sinne:  en introduktion till utanför kroppen-upplevelser.  Energica Förlag, Orsa, Sweden, 2003. [182p, Swedish.  Translation of title:  Discover your second mind:  an introduction to the out-of-body experience]

Peterson, Bob. Fourteen OBE letters. http://www.spiritweb.org/Spirit/obe-letters-peterson.html, 1994.

Peterson, Bob.  Lessons out of the body: a journey of spiritual growth and out-of-body travel. Hampton Roads, Charlottesville VA, 2001.

Peterson, Bob. OBE observations. http://www.spiritweb.org/Spirit/obe-obsv-peterson.html, 1994.

Peterson, Bob. Out-of-body experiences: How to have them and what to expect. http://www.winternet.com/~rsp/obebook.html , 1995.

Peterson, Bob. Out-of-body experiences: How to have them and what to expect. Hampton Roads, Charlottesville VA, 1997.

For review, see:  Acosta, Ikam, Journal of Conscientiology, vol 2, no. 7 (Jan, 2000), International Academy of Conscientiology, New York.

Peterson, Bob. Out-of-body experiences vs. Lucid dreams. http://www.spiritweb.org/Spirit/obe-vs-lucid.html, 1995.

Pfister, Oskar.  Shockdenken und Shockphantasien bei höchster Todesgefahr [Shock thoughts and fantasies in extreme mortal danger].  Zeitschrift für Psychoanalyse, 16:430-455 (1930).  [Translation and introduction by Roy Kletti and Russell Noyes, Jr. in, Mental states in mortal danger, Essence, 5 1:6-19 (1981)]

Phelps, Elizabeth Stuart.  Beyond the gates.  Houghton Mifflin, Boston, 1883.  [Fiction.  The spirit of the heroine, who is suffering from 'brain fever', leaves her body and roves the Astral Plane.]

Phillips, Osborne.  Astral projection plain and simple:  the out-of-body experience.  Llewellyn Publications, St Paul MN, 2003.  [151p, biblio, index]

Phillips, Phil. Angels angels angels: embraced by the light...or...embraced by the darkness? Starburst Publishers, Lancaster PA, 1995.

Phillips, PS.  Is death the end.  Corgi, London, 1975.

Pierce, Henry W. Evidence of an extracorporeal component in human personality. Anabiosis: The Journal for Near-Death Studies, 1(3):11 (1979).

Pilloni, Valter.  La bilocazione:  la pratica dello sdoppiamento astrale. Edizioni Mediterranee, Rome, 1978  [Italian].

Pinheiro, Ismael.  Pareja evolutiva y teneper, Journal of Conscientiology, vol 2, no. 5 (July, 1999), International Academy of Conscientiology, New York.  [author’s OBE.  Portuguese]

Pinto, Russ. Somewhere within. A-1 Publishing, Sherman Oaks CA, 1991. [fiction]

Pixley, Olive C.B. Trail. Watkins, London, 1955.

Platthy, Jeno.  Near-Death Experiences in Antiquity.  Federation of International Poetry Associations of UNESCO, Santa Claus IN, 1992. [159 p]

For review, see:  Sabom, Michael B.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 14(3):211-214 (Spring, 1996).

Plato. The Republic, Book 10, Sec. 614-621.

See also: Grosso, Michael. Plato and out-of-the-body experiences. Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, 69:61-74 (1975). [considers Plato's Phaedo and OBEs]

Pleasures of dying.  Time, 100(23):62-64 (Dec 4, 1972).

Plumly, Stanley. Out-of-the-body travel. Ecco Press, New York, 1977. [48p, poetry]

Podmore, F. Apparitions and thought-transference. Walter Scott, London, 1894.

Podoll, K. and D. Robinson.  “Out-of-body experiences and related phenomena in migraine art,” Cephalalgia, Oslo, 19:886-96 (1999).

Poe, Edgar Allen. "The premature burial" in his The prose tales of Edgar Allen Poe. J. Widdleton, New York, 1878. [fiction]

Poortman, J. J. Vehicles of consciousness (4 vols.). Theosophical Publishing House, Utrecht, 1978. [original work published in Dutch, 1954]

Porcelli, Mary Joyce. Are out-of-body experiences routine? Venture Inward, 2(6):22-24 (Nov/Dec 1986). [1 illus]

Porter, Katherine Anne. "Pale horse, pale rider" in her The Collected Stories, Harvest-Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, New York, 1979. [fiction]

See, Crume, P. "Katherine Anne Porter, Pale horse, pale rider", Southwest Review, 25:213-218 (1944).

Potentials Unlimited. Astral projection: A subliminal persuasion self-hypnosis tape. [audio tape]

Powell, Arthur E. The astral body and other astral phenomena (II). Theosophical Publishing House, London, 1926 or 1927 [265p, index. Also published by Quest Books, Wheaton IL, 1972].

Powell, Arthur E.  The buddhic body.  Theosophical Publishing, London, ca 1927. [Also published by Quest Books, Wheaton IL, 1972]

Powell, Arthur E. The etheric double [and allied phenomena]: The health aura of man (I). Theosophical Publishing House, Wheaton IL, 1925. [also published in London, 1925.  Also published by Quest Books, Wheaton IL, 1969.]

Powell, Arthur E. The mental body (III). Theosophical Publishing, London, 1927. [322p, index.  Also published by Quest Books, Wheaton IL, 1972]

Powell, Arthur E. The causal body and the ego (IV). Theosophical Publishing House, Wheaton IL, 1928. [355p, index.  Also published by Quest Books, Wheaton IL, 1973]

Powell, C.  Near death:  a nurse reflects. RN (Apr, 1999)

Poynton, John C. Results of an out-of-the-body survey. In J.C. Poynton (Ed.), Parapsychology in South Africa (pp. 109-123), South African Society for Psychical Research, Johannesburg, 1975. [vii + 163p, bibls]

Prabhupada, A.C. Bhaktivedanta. Easy journey to other planets. Bhaktivedanta Book Trust, 1970. [79p, gloss, index]

Prevost-Battersby, H.F. see Battersby, H.F. Prevost

Price, Jan. The other side of death. Fawcett Columbine, New York, 1996. [author’s NDE]

Pritchard, Evan.  From the temple within: the fourth book of light. Resonance Communications, Beacon NY, 1993.

Provonsha, Jack W.  Life after life?  The Ministry, July, 1977, pp. 20-23.

Provonsha, J[ack] W.  Life after life:  do some people really die and come back to life?  Life and Health, pp. 14-15, Jan, 1981.

Psychological phenomena developed by physical derangements. American Phrenological Journal and Repository of Science, Literature, and General Intelligence, 17:133-134 (1853).

Puccetti, Roland.  Experience of dying.  Humanist, 39(4):62-65 (Jul/Aug, 1979).

Punzak, Dan.  The use of near-death phenomena in therapy.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 7(3):173-182 (Spring, 1989).

 

Q

 

Quimby, Scott L.  The near-death experience as an event in consciousness.  Journal of Humanistic Psychology, 29(1):87-108 (Winter, 1989).

De Quincey, Thomas.  Confessions of an English opium-eater (pp. 259-261).  Adam and Charles Black, Edinburgh, 1862.

De Quincey, Thomas.  Suspiria de profundus (pp. 19-22). Adam and Charles Black, Edinburgh, 1871.

Quinn, Daniel and Tom Whalen. Newcomer's guide to the afterlife: on the other side known commonly as "The Little Book." Bantam Books, New York, 1997. [136p]

 

R

 

Rachleff, Owen S. Secrets of superstitions. Doubleday, Garden City NY, 1976.

Radin, Dean I. Enhancing effects in psi experiments with sequential analysis: A replication and extension. Eastern Journal of Parapsychology, 8:98-111 (1990/91). [1 fig, 4 graphs, 23 refs, 3 tables]

Raft, David, and Jeffry J. Andresen.  Transformations in self-understanding after near-death experiences.  Contemporary Psychoanalysis, 22(3):319-346 (July, 1986).

Rainbow Feather.  Synchronous connections:  a personal journey in non-ordinary reality.  Self-published, 1993.  [98p]

Ramacharaka, Yogi.  Fourteen lessons in yogi philosophy and oriental cccultism.  Yogi Publication Society, Chicago, 1931.

Ramacharaka, Swami. Life beyond death. Yoga. nd.

Ramsland, Katherine. The vampire companion: The official guide to Anne Rice's The Vampire Chronicles. [fiction] Ballantine, 1993. [577p. Also published by Little, Brown & Co, UK, 1994; revised edition, 1995.]

Rame, Bob (pseudonym for Robert Monroe) See Puharich, Andrija; Stockton, Bayard; and Monroe, Robert)

Rampa, T. Lobsang.  I segreti dell’aura (Charter 16). Casa Editrice Astrolabio – Ubaldini Editore, Rome, 1975  [Italian].

Rampa, T.L[obsang]. La robe de sagesse. Editions J'ai Lu, 1971. [French]

Rampa, T.L[obsang]. Les cles du Nirvana. Editions J'ai Lu, 1973. [French]

Rampa, T. Lobsang. Lessons nine through twelve. In his, You forever (pp 65-100). Samuel Weiser, York Beach, Maine, 1990. [288 pp]

Rampa, T.L[obsang]. My Visit to Venus. Inner Light Publications, New Brunswick NJ, 1988.

Rampa, T. Lobsang. The saffron robe. Bantam Books, New York, 1966. [198 pp]

Rampa, T.L[obsang]. The third eye. Doubleday, Garden City NY, 1959. [also published by Transworld, 1959]

Rampa, Tuesday Lobsang. Twilight. Corgi Books, Buffalo NY. 1975. [204p.]

Rampa, T.L[obsang]. The wisdom of the ancients: The autobiography of a Tibetan Lama. Corgi, London, 1972.

Randles, Jenny and Peter Hough.  Afterlife:  an investigation into the mysteries of life after death.  Piatkus, London, 1993.

Rankine, John (pseudonym of Douglas R. Mason).  Space 1999: astral quest.  Futura Publications, London, 1975.  [fiction]

Rawcliffe, Donovan Hilton. Autoscopic hallucinations-Doppelgangers and "out-of-the-body" experiences. In his, Occult and Supernatural Phenomena (pp. 115-123). Dover, New York, 1971. [Originally published as The psychology of the occult. Derricke Ridgway, London, 1952]

Rawcliffe, Donovan Hilton. The psychology of the occult. Derricke Ridgeway, London, 1952. [later published as Occult and Supernatural Phenomena. Dover, New York, 1971]

Rawlings, Maurice.  Before death comes.  Thomas Nelson, Nashville TN, 1980. [180p]

Rawlings, Maurice.  Beyond death's door. Thomas Nelson, Nashville TN, 1978. [173p]

Rawlings, Maurice S.  To hell and back: life after death-startling new evidence.  Thomas Nelson Publishers, Nashville TN, 1993.

Reader's Digest Editors. Leaving the body.  In their, Into the unknown (pp. 270-285). Reader's Digest Assn, Pleasantville NY, 1981. [352p, illus, index, bibl]

Reader's Digest Editors. Life beyond death:  quest for the unknown.  Reader's Digest Assn, Pleasantville NY, 1992.  [144p, illus]

Regush, June & Regush, Nicholas. Psi: The other world catalogue. Putnam, New York, 1974. [320p, illus]

Regush, Nicholas (Ed.). The aura and out-of-body experiences. In their, The human aura (pp. 59-73). Berkley Books, New York, 1974. [237p, bibl]

Regush, Nicholas and June Regush.  The new consciousness catalogue:  a comprehensive guide to the dimensions of psychic and spiritual development.  GP Putnam's Sons, New York, 1979.  [Essays and lectures on consciousness, space, physics, spiritual and psychic phenomena]

Rehyansky, Joseph A.  Light at the end of the tunnel.  Review of Raymond Moody's Life After Life.  National Review, 29(34):1004-1005 (Sept 2, 1977).

Reichenbach, Bodo.  Near-death experiences:  hallucinations or glimpses of afterlife?  Journal of Religion and Psychical Research, 6:47-54 (Jan, 1983).

Reilly, Robert T.  Heaven can wait:  do near-death experiences take the fear out of dying?  US Catholic,53(1):6-14 (Jan, 1988).

Reiner, Erica. Astral magic in Babylonia. From the series, Transactions of the American Philosophical Society, vol 85, part 4. American Philosophical Society, Philadelphia PA, 1995. [xiii, 150 p, illus, bibl, index]

Remington, Frank L.  The experience of dying.  Catholic Digest, 39:41-45 (Nov, 1974).

Renard, Hélène.  Des prodiges et des hommes.  Philippe Lebaud, Paris, 1989.  [French]

Reports on ASPR research from 1972 to 1980. Newsletter of the American Society for Psychical Research, 12, pp. 14-20, 22, 6(4) (ca 1981).

Research on near-death experiences.  In W.G. Roll [Ed.], Research in Parapsychology 1978 (pp. 30-34).  Scarecrow Press, Metuchen NJ, 1979.

Research on near-death experiences.  Parapsychology Review, 9(2):17 (Mar-Apr, 1978).

Reston, James Jr. Mission to a mind. Omni, ca 1984.

Reyes, BF. Scientific evidence of the existence of the soul. Theosophical Publishing House, Wheaton IL, 1970. [case studies and personal experiences, concludes that consciousness is independent of body or brain]

Rhine, JB. Incorporeal personal agency: The prospect of a scientific solution. Journal of Parapsychology, 24:279-309 (1960).

Rhine, JB. Telepathy and other untestable hypotheses. Journal of Parapsychology, 38:137-153 (1974).

Rhine, Louise E.  ESP in life and the lab:  tracing hidden channels.  Macmillan, New York, 1967.  [Account of psychic research lab at Duke University by author and husband who lead the research]

Rhine, L[ouise] E. Reply to Dr. Hart. Journal of Parapsychology, 22:64-66 (1958).

Rhodes, Leon [S].  Are OBEs evidence for survival?  Letter in Journal of Near-Death Studies, 7(1):57-61 (Fall 1988). [reply by Susan Blackmore, pp. 61-63]

Rhodes, Leon S.  The NDE enlarged by Swedenborgs vision. Anabiosis, 2(1):15-35 (June, 1982).

Rhodes, Leon [S].  The near-death experience:  private or public?  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 9(2):71-76 (Winter, 1990).

Rhodes, Leon S. Tunnel to eternity: beyond near-death. Chrysalis Books, West Chester PA, 1997. [107p, foreword by Kenneth Ring]

Rice, Anne. The queen of the damned. MacDonald & Co, 1989. [fiction, 573p. Also published by Futura Books, 1990]

Rice, Anne. The tale of the body thief. Chatto & Windus, 1992. [fiction, 607p. Also published by Penguin, 1993]

Richards, Jerald.  Raymond Moody, near-death experiences and life after death.  Essence, 5(3):199-217 (1982).

Richards, Steve. The traveller's guide to the astral plane. Aquarian Press, Wellingborough, Northamptonshire, England, 1983. [110p. index, refs]

Richardson, Glenn E. The life-after-death phenomenon.  The Journal of School Health, 49(8):451-453 (Oct, 1979).

Richardson, W. T. "Out of the body" sensations. Journal of the Society for Psychical Research, 41:214 (1961).

Richelieu, Peter. A soul's journey. Doubleday, New York, 1953. [192p. Also published by Aquarian Press, Wellingborough, Northamptonshire, England, 1989. Edited version of From the Turret: The occult journeys of Peter Richelieu, Graphic Stationers, Durban, South Africa, 1953]

Richelieu, Peter. From the Turret: The occult journeys of Peter Richelieu. Graphic Stationers, Durban, South Africa, 1953. [201p.]

Richet, C. L'homme et l'intelligence: Fragments de physiologie et de psychologie (2nd ed.). Félix Alcan, Paris, 1887. [French]

Richet, C. Traité de métapsychique. Félix Alcan, Paris, 1922. [French]

Richler, Annette.  Forskningen kring nara-doden-fenomen och utomkroppsliga upplevelser [Research on the near-death phenomenon and out-of-body experiences]. Psykisk-Halsa, 26(1):6-27(1985).

Richmond, Cora LV. My experiences while out of my body and my return after many days. Christopher Publishing House, Boston, 1915. [76p.  Republished in 1923 w 111p.  Author was famous American spiritualist and inspirational speaker and healer.]

Richmond, Cora L. V. Psychic or mundane experiences. Arena, 18:98-107 (1897).

Rickenbacker, Edward V.  The Atlanta Crash.  In his, Rickenbacker (pp. 235-249).  Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey, 1967.

Ring, Kenneth.  Further studies of the near-death experience. Theta, 7:1-3 (1979).

Ring, Kenneth, and Stephen Franklin.  Do suicide survivors report near-death experiences?  Omega, 12(3):191-208 (1981). [Reprinted in Craig R. Lundahl [Comp.], A Collection of Near-Death Research Readings (pp. 180-201), Nelson-Hall Publishers, Chicago, 1982.]

Ring, Kenneth.  A note on anesthetically-induced frightening “near-deathexperiences.”  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 15(1):17-24 (Fall, 1996).

Ring, Kenneth.  Commentary on Ernest A. Rodin, The reality of death experiences:  a personal perspective. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 168(5):273-274 (May, 1980).

Ring, Kenneth.  Frequency and stages of the prototypic near-death experience.  In A collection of near-death research readings (pp. 110-147). Nelson-Hall, Chicago, 1982.

Ring, Kenneth.  From alpha to omega:  ancient mysteries and the near-death experience. Anabiosis, 5(2):3-16 (1987).

Ring, Kenneth.  Further studies of near-death experiences.  Theta, 7(2):1-3 (Spring, 1979).  [Reprinted in The near-death experience:  problems, prospects, perspectives (pp. 30-36), Charles C. Thomas, Springfield IL, 1984.]

Ring, Kenneth.  Heading toward omega:  in search of the meaning of the near-death experience.  William Morrow and Company, New York, 1984. [348p, illus, index, ref notes, bibl]

For reviews, see:  Greene, F. Gordon.  Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, 81(1):67-73 (1987).

Grof, Stanislav.  Journal of Transpersonal Psychology, 16(2):245-246 (1984).

Grosso, Michael.  Anabiosis, 5(1):49-64 (Spring, 1985).

Kastenbaum, Robert.  Omega, 16(2):1778-180 (1985).

Rogo, D. Scott.  Problems, Prospects, Perspectives.  Fate, 38(3):95-96, 98-100 (March, 1985).

Ring, K[enneth].  Lessons from the light:  what the near-death experience teaches about life, love and the human potential.  Moment Point Press, 2000.  [Also published by Plenum, Insight Books, New York, 1998. and by HarperCollins/Perseus Books, San Francisco.]

Ring, Kenneth.  Letter:  Kenneth Ring responds to Ken Vincent.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 9(4):261-262 (Summer, 1991).

Ring, Kenneth.  Life at death:  a scientific investigation of the near-death experience.  Coward, McCann & Geoghegan, New York, 1980. [310p]

For reviews, see:  Batey, Boyce.  Journal of the Academy of Religion and Psychical Research, 3(3):235-236 (July, 1980).

Ferris, Tim.  New York Times Book Review, 85:16 (Sept 28, 1980).

Grosso, Michael.  Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, 75(2):172-175 (April, 1981).

Hamby, Warren C.  Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion. 21(3):289-290 (1982).

Loder, James E.  Theology Today, 39(1):112 (April, 1982).

Milton, Joyce.  Saturday Review, 7:61-61 (July, 1980).

Noyes, Russell, Jr.  Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 169(10):667-668 (Oct, 1981)

Osis, Karlis.  Journal of Parapsychology, 45(4):350-352 (1981).

Osis, Karlis.  Omega, 12(1):79-83 (1981).

Schulz, Richard.  Contemporary Psychology, 26(3):225. (March, 1981).

Ring, Kenneth.  Measuring the Near-death experience.  In, Bruce Greyson and Charles P. Flynn [Eds.], The Near-Death Experience:  Problems, Prospects, Perspectives (pp. 37-44).  Charles C. Thomas, Springfield IL, 1984.

Ring, Kenneth.  The nature of personal identity in the near-death experience:  Paul Brunton and the ancient tradition.  Anabiosis, 4(1):3-20 (Spring, 1984).

Ring, Kenneth.  The near-death experience:  how thousands describe it.  Interview in US News and World Report, 96(23):59-60 (June 11, 1984).

Ring, Kenneth.  Near-death experiences.  New Realities, 6:65-70 (Mar-Apr, 1985). [extract from his, Heading Toward Omega]

Ring, Kenneth.  Near-death experiences:  implications for human evolution and planetary transformation.  Re-Vision, 8(2):75-85 (Winter/Spring, 1986).

Ring, Kenneth.  Near-death studies:  an overview.  In, Bruce Greyson and Charles P. Flynn [Eds.], The Near-Death Experience:  Problems, Prospects, Perspectives (pp. 5-15).  Charles C. Thomas, Springfield IL, 1984.

Ring, Kenneth.  Near-death visions of the future.  Fate, 35:48-54 (Dec, 1982).

Ring, Kenneth.  The Omega project:  near-death experiences, UFO encounters, and mind at large.  Quill/William Morrow, Boston/New York, 1992.

Ring, Kenneth.  Paradise is paradise:  reflections on psychedelic drugs, mystical experience, and the near-death experience.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 6(3):138-148 (Spring, 1988).

Ring, Kenneth.  Paranormal and other non-ordinary aspects of near-death experiences:  implications for a new paradigm.  Essence, 5(1):33-51 (1981).

Ring, Kenneth.  Precognitive and prophetic visions in near-death experiences.  Anabiosis, 2(1):47-74 (June, 1982).

Ring, Kenneth.  Prophetic visions in 1988:  a critical reappraisal  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 7(1):4-18 (Fall, 1988).

Ring, Kenneth.  Religious aspects of near-death experiences:  some research findings and their implications.  Journal of the Academy of Religion and Psychical Research, 3(2):105-114 (April, 1980).

Ring, Kenneth.  Religiousness and near-death experiences: an empirical study.  Theta, 8(3):3-5 (Summer, 1980).

Ring, Kenneth.  Review of David Lorimer’s Whole in One:  The Near-Death Experience and the Ethic of Interconnectedness.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 10(4): (Summer, 1992).

Ring, Kenneth.  Review of George Gallup, Jr.’s Adventures in Immortality.  Anabiosis, 2(2):160-165 (Dec, 1982).

Ring, Kenneth.  Review of: Janet Lee Mitchell, Out-of-body experiences: A handbook. Vital Signs, 1(4):16 (1982).

Ring, Kenneth.  Review of Susan Blackmore’s Dying to Live:  Science and Near-Death Experience.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 14(2): (Winter, 1995).

Ring, Kenneth, and Alise Agar.  The Omega Project.  Re-Vision, 8(2):87-88 (Winter/Spring, 1986).

Ring, Kenneth, and Sharon Cooper.  Mindsight:  near-death and out-of-body experiences in the blind.  Institute of Transpersonal Psychology, William James Center for Consciousness Studies, 1999.

Ring, Kenneth, and Sharon Cooper.  Near-death and out-of-body experiences in the blind:  a study of apparent eyeless vision.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 16(2):101-147 (Winter, 1997).

Ring, Kenneth, and M. Lawrence.  Further evidence for veridical perception during near-death experiences.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 11(4):223-229 (Summer, 1993).

Ring, Kenneth, and Evelyn Elsaesser Valarino. Lessons from the light: what we can learn from the near-death experience. Insight Books, New York, 1998. [340p]

Rinpoche, Sogyal. The Tibetan book of living and dying. Rider, London, 1992. [Also published by Harper Collins, San Francisco, 1996.]

de Rios, Marlene Dobkin. Plant hallucinogens, out-of-body experiences and New World monumental earthworks. In Brian M. Du Toit (Ed.), Drugs, rituals and altered states of consciousness. A.A. Balkema, 1977.

Ritchie, George C., Jr. Ordered to return: my life after dying. Hampton Roads Pub. Co, Charlottesville VA, 1998. [178p]

Ritchie, George G.  Return from tomorrow. Guideposts, June 1963.  [reprinted in Weiss, Jess E. The vestibule (pp. 63-67). Ashley Books, Port Washington NY, 1972.]

Ritchie, George G., Jr.  Return from tomorrow.  Forword by Raymond Moody.  Chosen Books, Waco TX, 1978. [124p]

Ritchie, George.  My life after dying.  Hampton Roads Publishing, Charlottesville VA, 1991.

Rizer, Arden C. (Ed.). Astral projection: Out-of-body experiences. American Spirit, 1991.

Roads, Michael J.  Into a timeless realm:  a metaphysical adventure.  Kramer, Tiburon CA, 1995. [xv, 257 p]

Roads, Michael J. Journey into oneness. H. J. Kramer, Inc, Tiburon CA, 1994. [xv, 231 p]

Robbins, D.V. Embarrassed by the light: a terminal-death experience : when the white light at the end of the tunnel is Jimmy Hoffa wielding a blow torch, yipes! Raven House, Virginia Beach VA, 1993.

Roberts, Glenn and John Owen.  The near-death experience.  British Journal of Psychiatry, 153:607-617 (Nov, 1988).

Roberts, Jane.  Adventures in consciousness.  Bantam Books, New York, 1985.  [288p]

Roberts, Jane. Further education of oversoul seven. Prentice Hall, New York, 1979.

Roberts, Jane. Seth: Dreams, and projection of consciousness. Stillpoint, Walpole NH, 1986. [also published by Bantam, New York, 1989]

Roberts, Jane. Seth material. Prentice-Hall, 1970.

Roberts, Jane.  Seth speaks:  the eternal validity of the soul.  Bantam Books, New York, 1974.

Roca, Muntanola J. Viaje al antiuniverso: el viaje astral: parapsicologia, esoterismo, metafisica. Editorial Alas, Barcelona, Spain, 1974. [174p. Spanish]

de Rochas, A. New experiments relative to the astral body and the magnetic "rapport". Annals of Psychical Science, 4:120-125 (1906).

de Rochas, A. My experiments with M. de Jodko in 1896. Annals of Psychical Science, 7:80-88 (1908).

Rodabough, Tillman.  Near-death experiences:  an examination of the supporting data and alternative explanations.  Death Studies, 9(2):95-113 (1985).

Rodin, Ernst A. The reality of death experiences:  a personal perspective. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 168(5):259-263 (May, 1980). [Reprinted in The Near-Death Experience:  Problems, Prospects, Perspectives (pp. 63-72).  Charles C. Thomas, Springfield IL, 1984.]

For commentary, see:  Moody, Raymond A., Jr.  Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 168(5):264-265 (May, 1980).

Rodríguez, Nino.  Despegue por la voluntad, Journal of Conscientiology, vol 4, no. 16 (Apr, 2002), International Academy of Conscientiology, New York.  [author’s OBE.  Portuguese]

Roger, John.  Dreams.  Baraka Press, New York, 1976.  [Dreams, lucid dreams, theories, practice, and self enhancement]

Rogers, Ann.  Soul partners.  The Abibical Society, San Jose CA, 1978.

Rogers, L.W.  Dreams and premonitions. Theosophical Book Concern, Los Angeles, 1916. [121p.]

Rogers, Sandra.  Lessons from the light: insights from a journey to the other side. 1995

Roca Muntaänola, J.  Viaje al antiuniverso : el viaje astral: parapsicologâia, esoterismo, metafâisica. Editorial Alas, Barcelona, 1974. [174 p. Portuguese]

Rogo, D. Scott. Aspects of out-of-body experiences. Journal of the Society for Psychical Research, 48(768):329-335 (Jun 1976). [revised and expanded as: Experimental aspects of out-of-body experiences. In his, (Ed.) Mind Beyond the Body: The Mystery of ESP Projection. Penguin, New York, 1978.]

See also: Rushton, W.A.H. Correspondence: Are OBEs merely dreams? Journal of the Society for Psychical Research, 48(770):412-413 (1976)

Rogo, D. Scott. Astral projection in Tibetan Buddhist literature. International Journal of Parapsychology, 10:277-284 (1968).

Rogo, D. Scott. Conceptual models. In his, (Ed.) Mind Beyond the Body: The Mystery of ESP Projection (pp. 313-322). Penguin, New York, 1978.

Rogo, D. Scott. An experience of phantoms. Taplinger, New York, 1974. [214p, refs, bibl, index. Apparitions of the dead and the living, animal materializations; survey of OBE studies, and induction techniques]

Rogo, D. Scott.  Experiencing death through drugs.  Fate, 37:88-93 (May, 1984).

Rogo, D. Scott. Experiential aspects of out-of-body experiences. In D.S. Rogo (Ed.), Mind Beyond the Body: The Mystery of ESP Projection (pp. 43-51). Penguin, New York, 1978.

Rogo, D. Scott. Experimental studies. In his, (Ed.) Mind Beyond the Body: The Mystery of ESP Projection. Penguin, New York, 1978.

Rogo, D. Scott. Experiments with Blue Harary. In D.S. Rogo (Ed.), Mind Beyond the Body: The Mystery of ESP Projection (pp. 170-192), Penguin, New York, 1978. [also in his In Search of the Unknown, Taplinger, New York, 1976]

Rogo, D. Scott.  Ketamine and the near-death experience.  Anabiosis, 4(1):87-96 (Spring, 1984).  [Critical comment by M. Grosso, Anabiosis, 4(2):178-179 (Fall, 1984), reply by D.S. Rogo, Anabiosis, 4(2):180 (Fall, 1984).

Rogo, D. Scott. Leaving the body. Omni, Vol 10, May 1988, p. 109.

Rogo, D. Scott.  Leaving the body:  a complete guide to astral projection. Prentice-Hall, New York and Englewood Cliffs NJ, 1983. [xiv + 190p, index, notes, refs, bibl]

For reviews, see: Batey, Boyce. Vital Signs, 3(2):19 (1983).

Blackmore, Susan J. Journal of the Society for Psychical Research, 52:316-318 (1984).

Rogo, D. Scott (Ed.). Mind Beyond the Body: The Mystery of ESP Projection. Penguin, New York, 1978. [365p, ref notes, bibl.]

For review, see: Stanford, Rex G. The mystery of ESP projection. Journal of Parapsychology, 43:243-252 (1979).

Rogo, D. Scott.  Mind out of body. In his, Life after death: The case for survival of bodily death (pp. 46-59). Aquarian Press, Wellingborough, Northamptonshire, England, 1986. [158p, illus, ref notes, index, bibl]

Rogo, D. Scott. NAD:  a study of some unusual "other-world" experiences (postscript by Robert Crookall). University Books, New York, 1970. [176p, ref notes, bibl]

Rogo, D. Scott.  Near-death experiences of children.  Fate, 38:57-62 (July, 1985).

Rogo, D. Scott.  Our psychic potentials. Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs NJ, 1992. [172p]

Rogo, D. Scott.  Out-of-body experience. In his, Exploring psychic phenomena: Beyond mind and matter (pp. 72-92). Theosophical Publishing House, Wheaton IL, 1976. [168p, index, bibl]

Rogo, D. Scott.  The out-of-body experience: Some personal views and reflections. In D.S. Rogo (Ed.), Mind Beyond the Body: The Mystery of ESP Projection (pp. 349-362). Penguin, New York, 1978.

Rogo, D. Scott.  Out-of-body experiences. Psychic, April 1973, pp. 50-55. [summary of case studies and research]

Rogo, D. Scott.  Out-of-body dimensions.  In Brad Steiger & John White (Eds.), Other Worlds, Other Universes. Doubleday, Garden City NY, 1975.

Rogo, D. Scott.  Parapsychology: A century of inquiry. Taplinger, New York, 1975. [pp. 273-277 considers OBEs as evidence for survival]

Rogo, D. Scott.  A psychic study of "the music of the spheres": (NAD, volume II) (Forward by Raymond Bayless). University Books, Secaucus NJ, 1972. [176p, ref notes, index, bibl]

Rogo, D. Scott.  Psychological models of the out-of-body experience: A review and critical evaluation. Journal of Parapsychology, 46(1):29-45 (Mar 1982).

Rogo, D. Scott.  Researching the out-of-body experience: The state of the art. Anabiosis: The Journal for Near-Death Studies, 4(1):21-49 (Spring 1984).

Rogo, D. Scott.  Researching the out-of-body experience: The state of the art. In K. R. Rao (Ed.), Case Studies in Parapsychology (pp. 97-119). McFarland, Jefferson NC, 1986.

Rogo, D. Scott.  Reviews of David Black, Ekstacy: Out-of-the-body experiences [sic]; and Herbert Greenhouse, The astral journey. Parapsychology Review, 6(6):12-14 (Nov-Dec 1975).

Rogo, D. Scott.  Reviews of Keith Harary & Pamela Weintraub, Have an out-of-body experience in 30 days: The free flight program; and Keith Harary & Pamela Weintraub, Lucid dreams in 30 days: The creative sleep program. Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, 85:306-310 (1991).

Rogo, D. Scott.  Review of Robert Crookall, Events on the threshold of the afterlife. Theta, No. 38, pp. 5-6 (Winter 1973).

Rogo, D. Scott.  Science investigates the "flight of the soul." In his, Psychic breakthroughs today: Fascinating encounters with parapsychology's latest discoveries (pp. 152-169). Aquarian Press, Wellingborough, Northamtonshire, England, 1987. [230p, ref notes, index, bibl]

Rogo, D. Scott.  Some "musical" out-of-the-body experiences: A brief analysis. Parapsychology Review, 6(1):19-20 (Jan-Feb 1975).

Rogo, D. Scott.  Psychological models of the out-of-body experience. Journal of Parapsychology, 46:29-45 (1982).

Rogo, D. Scott.  Research on deathbed experiences:  some contemporary and historical perspectives.  Parapsychology Review, 9(1):20-27 (1978). [Reprinted in Journal of the Academy of Religion and Psychical Research, 2:37-49 (1979).]

Rogo, D. Scott.  Review of Kenneth Ring’s Heading Toward Omega and The Near-Death Experience:  Problems, Prospects, Perspectives.  Fate, 38(3):95-96, 98-100 (March, 1985).

Rogo, D. Scott.  Review of Michael Sabom’s Recollections of Death.  Theta, 11(3):67-68 (Autumn, 1983).

Rogo, D. Scott. The return from silence:  a study of near-death experiences.  Harper and Row, New York, 1990.

Rogo, D. Scott.  The welcoming silence:  a study of psychical phenomena and survival of death. University Books, Secaucus NJ, 1973. [191p, ref notes, bibl. Also published by Citadel Press, Secaucus NJ, 1977]

Rohmer, Sax (pseudonym). See Ward, Arthur Sarsfield.

Rojcewicz, Peter M. The extraordinary encounter continuum hypothesis and its implications for the study of belief materials. 1986. [pp. 131-152, pamphlet reprinted from Folklore Forum]

Roll, William G.  Near-death experiences.  In Stanley Krippner [Ed.], Advances in parapsychological research 3 (pp. 259-267). Plenum Press, New York, 1982.

Roll, William G.  Review of Michael Grosso’s The Final Choice.  Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, 82(2):160-165 (April, 1988).

Roll, William G.  System theory, neurophysiology and psi.  Journal of Indian Psychology, 4(2):43-84(1985).

Roll, William G.  Theory and experiment in psychical research. Arno Press, New York, 1975.

Roll, W[illiam] G., R.L Morris, Blue Harary, Roger Wells, and John Hartwell.  Further OBE experiments with a cat as detector.  In J.D. Morris et al (Eds.), Research in Parapsychology 1974 (pp. 55-56). Scarecrow Press, Metuchen NJ, 1975.

Rosen, David H.  Suicide survivors:  a follow-up study of persons who survived jumping from the Golden Gate and San Francisco-Oakland Bay Bridges.  Western Journal of Medicine, 122:289-294 (1975).

Rosen, Steven M.  The mobius seed: A visionary novel of planetary transformation. Stillpoint, Wallpole NH, 1985. [fiction]

Rosenbaum, Ron.  Turn on , tune in, drop dead. Harpers, 265(1586):32-43 (July, 1982).

Rosenblit, Daniel I.  Transformed by the light: a judgement day experience. 1998.

Rosenblum, Arthur.  Unpopular science: An unnatural book about natural phenomena. Running Press, Philadelphia, 1974. [111p, illus]

Ross, Michael.  Personal observation concerning the vibratory technique during facial clairvoyance sessions, Journal of Conscientiology, vol 3, no. 9 (Jan, 2000), International Academy of Conscientiology, New York.  [author’s OBE]

Ross, Michael.  Remembering extraphysical experiences and the link to the false memory syndrome, Journal of Conscientiology, vol 4, no. 16 (Apr, 2002), International Academy of Conscientiology, New York.  [Hypotheses about loss of memory during out of body experiences, dreaming, and meditation]

Ross, Michael.  Review of Robert Bruce, Astral dynamics, Journal of Conscientiology, vol 2, no. 6 (Oct, 1999), International Academy of Conscientiology, New York.

Ross, Michael.  Suicide and projectiology, Journal of Conscientiology, vol 1, no. 4 (Apr, 1999), International Academy of Conscientiology, New York.

Ross, Michael.  Was that really me lying there? Journal of Psychology, 126(3):237-250 (May 1992).

Ross, Michael.  Was that really me lying there? Psi Researcher, No.6, 11-13 (Sum, 1992).

Roszell, Calvert. The near-death experience: in the light of scientific research and the spiritual science of Rudolf Steiner. Anthroposophic Press, Hudson NY, 1992. [introduction by George Ritchie]

Rowley, Brent.  My body fell off.: a novel. Covenant Communications, American Fork UT, 1997. [187 p, fiction]

Royse, David.  The near-death experience:  a survey of clergy’s attitudes and knowledge.  Journal of Pastoral Care, 39(1):31-42 (March, 1985).

Ruderman, Sheldon.  A personal encounter with death and some consequences.  In Robert Kastenbaum [Ed.], Between life and death (pp. 1-14), Springer Publishing, New York, 1979.]

Rushton, W.A.H.  Correspondence: Are OBEs merely dreams? Journal of the Society for Psychical Research, 48(770):412-413 (1976).

Russell, Barbara T.  Blue lightning. Viking, New York, 1997. [fiction]

Russell, W. Ritchie & Whitty, C. W. M. Studies in traumatic epilepsy. Journal of Neurology, Neurosurgery and Psychiatry, 18:79-96 (1955).

Ryzl, Milan. Parapsychology: A scientific approach. Hawthorne Books, New York, 1970.

 

S

 

Sabom, Michael B.  Commentary on Ernest A. Rodin, The reality of death experiences:  a personal perspective.  Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 168(5):266-267 (May, 1980). [Reprinted in The Near-Death Experience:  Problems, Prospects, Perspectives (pp. 73-76).  Charles C. Thomas, Springfield IL, 1984.]

Sabom, Michael B. A heart doctor talks about life after death.  Interiew in Good Housekeeping, 194(6):279 (June, 1982).

Sabom, Michael B.  Letter, "The near-death experience." JAMA:  The Journal of the American Medical Association, 244(1):29-30 (July 4, 1980).

Sabom, Michael B. Light & death: one doctor's fascinating account of near-death experiences. Zondervan, Grand Rapids MI, 1998. [240p]

Sabom, Michael. B.  The near-death experience:  myth or reality?  A methodological approach.  Anabiosis, 1(1):44-56 (July, 1981).

Sabom, Michael B.  Review of Jeno Platthy’s Near-Death Experiences in Antiquity.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 14(3):211-214 (Spring, 1996).

Sabom, Michael [B].  Recollections of death. Omni, Feb, pp. 59-60, 103-109 (1982).

Sabom, M[ichael] B.  Recollections of death:  a medical investigation.  Harper & Row, New York, 1982. [224p.  Also published by Simon and Schuster, 1982]

For reviews, see:  Kastenbaum, Robert.  Omega, 16(2):1778-180 (1985).

Osis, Karlis.  Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, 77(1):79-83 (Jan, 1983).

Rogo, D. Scott.  Theta, 11(3):67-68 (Autumn, 1983).

Walton, Douglas.  Queen’s Quarterly, 90(1):248-249 (Spring, 1983).

Sabon, Michael B. and Sarah A. Kreutziger.  The experience of near death.  Death Education, 1(2):195-203 (Summer, 1977).

Sabon, Michael B. and Sarah A. Kreutziger.  Letter:  Near-death experiences.  New England Journal of Medicine, 297(19):1071 (Nov 10, 1977).

Sabon, Michael B. and Sarah A. Kreutziger.  Near-death experiences.  Journal of the Florida Medical Association, 64(9):648-650 (Sept, 1977).

Sabom, M[ichael] B. and S[arah] A. Kreutziger. Physicians evaluate the near-death experience.  Theta, 6(4):1-6 (1978). [Reprinted in A collection of near-death research readings (pp. 148-159), Nelson-Hall Publishers, Chicago, 1982.]

Sabom, W. Stephen.  Near-death experience:  a review from pastoral psychology.  Journal of Religion and Health, 19(2):130-140 (Summer, 1980).

Sabom, W. Stephen.  Review of Howard Mickel’s The near-death experience.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 6(4):258-263 (Summer, 1988).

Sacks, Oliver W.  The man who mistook his wife for a hat and other clinical tales.  Harper Perennial Library, New York, 1990.

Sagan, Carl.  The amnotic universe.  Chap 25 in his, Broca's brain:  reflections on the romance of science (pp. 301-314).  Random House, New York, 1979.  [Also published in Atlantic Monthly, 243:39-45 (April 1979), and in The near-death experience:  problems, prospects, perspectives (pp. 140-153), Charles C. Thomas, Springfield IL, 1984.]

Salley, Roy D. REM sleep phenomena during out-of-body experiences. Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, 76(2):157-165 (Apr1982).

Samek, Stefanie et al. Purring in the light: near-death experiences of cats. Plume, New York, 1995. [humor]

Sandwith, George.  Magical mission (pp. 34-35). Omega Press, Reigate UK, 1954.

Sava, George.  Spirits in the theatre.  In his, A surgeon remembers (pp. 53-78). Faber and Faber, London, 1953.

Sawyer, Tom and Sidney Saylor Farr.  What Tom Sawyer learned from dying.  Hampton Roads, Charlottesville VA, 1993.

Schaefer, Michael T.  Counseling after a near-death experience.  Letter in Journal of Near-Death Studies, 7(1):55-56 (Fall, 1988). [Reply by Joseph Geraci, pp. 56-57]

Schlitz, Marilyn. Review of: Susan Blackmore, Beyond the body: An investigation of out-of-body experiences. Parapsychology Review, 15(6):13-14 (Nov-Dec 1984).

Schmeidler, Gertrude R. Interpreting reports of out-of-body experiences. Journal of the Society for Psychical Research, 52(794):102-104 (Jun 1983).

Schmëing, K. Flugträume und "Exkursion des Ich." Archiv für die Gesamte Psychologie, 100:541-554 (1938). [German]

Schnaper, Nathan.  Comments germane to the paper entitled, "The reality of death experiences" by Ernst Rodin. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 168(5):268-270 (May, 1980).

Schnaper, Nathan and Harriet L. Panitz.  Near-death experiences:  perception is reality.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 9(2):97-104 (Winter, 1990).

Schoenbeck, Sue.  The final entrance: journeys beyond life.  Prairie Oak Press, Madison WI, 1997.

Schoenbeck, Susan Boykoff and Gerald D. Hocutt.  Near-death experiences in patients undergoing cardiopulmonary resuscitation.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 9(4):211-218 (Summer, 1991).

Schorer, C.E.  Two native American near-death experiences.  Omega, 16(2):111-113(1985).

Schrodter, Willy. Rosicrucian notebook. Samuel Weiser, New York, 1992.

Schulz, Richard.  Review of Kenneth Ring’s Life at Death. Contemporary Psychology, 26(3):225. (March, 1981).

Schumann-Antelme, Ruth and Stéphane Rossini. Becoming Osiris: the ancient Egyptian death experience. Inner Traditions, Rochester VT, 1998. [126p. Translated from the French by Jon Graham.]

Schumer, Fran R. Review of George Gallup, Jr.’s Adventure in immortality.  New York Times Book Review, p. 14. (Sept 5, 1982).

Schwartz, Gary E. with William L. Simon.  The afterlife experiments : breakthrough scientific evidence of life after death.  Pocket Books, New York, 2002.  [xxiv, 374p, illus, fwd by Deepak Chopra]

Schwartz, Hans.  Beyond the gates of death. Augsburg Publishing House, Minneapolis MN, 1981. [135p]

Scientific evidence for life after death?  Christianity Today, 20(2):21 (Aug 27, 1976).

Scott, Leslie Grant.  Dying as a liberation of consciousness:  record of a personal experience.  Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, 25:113-117 (Mar 1931).

Scott, Mary. Science & subtle bodies: Towards a clarification. College of Psychic Studies, London, 1975. [49p, bibl]

Sculthorp, Frederick C. Excursions to the spirit world: A report of personal experiences during conscious astral projection. Almorris Press, London, 1962. [158p, introduction and survey by Karl E. Muller]

Sculthorp, Frederick C. More about the spirit world: Being a further collection of personal experiences during conscious astral projection, followed by a treatise on the electro-magnetic basis of the spirit body and its faculties. Greater World Association, London, 1975. [vii, 70p]

Seliger, Susan.  Back from death:  a few who've been there say they found signs of the beyond.  National Observer, 15:1,10 (May 15, 1976). [Reprinted in US Catholic, 42:18-21 (Mar, 1977)]

Sellier, Charles E.  Miracles and other wonders.  Guideposts, New York, 1994.  [252p. Guardian angels, rescues, pre-cognitive dreams, OBEs]

Seraphim, Fr. Rose.  The soul after death:  contemporary 'after-death' experiences in the light of the orthodox teaching on the afterlife. 1998.

Serdahely, William J.  A comparison of retrospective accounts of childhood near-death experiences with contemporary pediatric near-death experience accounts.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 9(4):219-224 (Summer, 1991).

Serdahely, William J.  Guest editorial:  Why near-death experiences intrigue us.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 78(3):149-153 (Spring, 1989).

Serdahely, William J.  Letter:  Were some shamans near-death experiencers first?  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 9(4):255-257 (Summer, 1991).

Serdahely, William J.  Loving help from the other side:  a mosaic of some near-death and near-death-like experiences.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 10(3):171-182 (Spring, 1992).

Serdahely, William J.  The near-death experience:  is the presence always the higher self?  Omega, 18(2):129-134 (1987).

Serdahely, William J.  A pediatric near-death experience:  tunnel variants.  Omega, 21(1):55-62 (1989).

Serdahely, William J.  Questions for the “dying brain hypothesis.”  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 15(1):41-54 (Fall, 1996).

Serdahely, William J.  Review of Stephen Hawking’s A Brief History of Time:  From the Big Bang to Black Holes.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 9(2):123-132 (Winter, 1990).

Serdahely, William J. and Barbara A. Walker.  The near-death experience of a nonverbal person with congenital quadriplegia.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 9(2):91-96 (Winter, 1990).

Sewall, May Wright. Neither dead not sleeping. Watkins, London, 1921.

Shapin, Betty & Coly, Lisette (Eds.). Parapsychology's second century. Proceedings of an international conference held in London, England, August 13-14, 1982. Parapsychology Foundation, New York, 1983. [xiii + 156p, ref notes]

Shapin, Betty & Coly, Lisette (Eds.). Current trends in psi research. Parapsychology Foundation, New York, 1986. [282p, ref notes]

Shapiro, David S. Death experiences in rabbinic literature.  Judaism, 28:90-94 (Winter, 1979).

Shapiro, S.A. A classification scheme for out-of-body phenomena. Journal of Altered States of Consciousness, 2:259-265 (1975-76).

Sharkey, J. Celtic mysteries: The ancient religion. Thames & Hudson, London, 1979.

Sharma, Arvind.  Near-death experiences and the doctrine of subtle body.  Journal of Dharma, 4:278-285 (July/Sep, 1979).

Sharp, Kimberly Clark.  After the light: what I discovered on the other side of life that can change your world.  William Morrow and Company, New York, 1995.

For review, see:  Greyson, Bruce.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 15(3):217-222 (Spring, 1997).

Shaver, Phillip.  Consciousness without the body.  Contemporary Psychology, 31(9):645-647 (Sept, 1986).

Shay, J. M. Little journeys into the invisible. 1972.

Shay, J. M. Out-of-body consciousness: A training manual in the dynamic ancient art of astral projection. Lumen Press, St Louis MO, 1972. [53p. Also published by WE ARE ONE, Plattsburgh NY; also distributed by Tyrad Co, Minneapolis MN]

Sheils, D. A cross-cultural study of beliefs in out-of-the-body experiences, waking and sleeping. Journal of the Society for Psychical Research, 49(775):697-741 (Mar 1978).

Shelton, Harriett M. Astral flights. 1963. [published by author]

Sherman, Harold M. ESP manual. Human Development Associates, Little Rock, 1972. [88 p, illus]

Sherman, Harold.  How to make ESP work for you.  DeVorss, Los Angeles, 1965.

Sherman, Harold M. Interview [by J. G. Bolen]. Psychic, Feb 1974, pp. 6 ff.

Sherman, Harold M. The mystery of out-of-body experience. In his, How to make ESP work for you (pp. 129-155). DeVorss, Los Angeles, 1964. [xii + 278 p.]

Sherman, Harold M. You live after death. Creative Age Press, New York, 1949. [205 p.]

Sherman, Harold M. Your mysterious powers of ESP. World, 1969.  [Also published by The New American Library, New York, 239p.]

Shermer, Michael.  A mind out of body, Skeptic, 6(3): 72-79 (1998).

Shine, M. Gifford. Little journeys into the invisible. 1911.

Shirley, Ralph. The mystery of the human double: The case for astral projection. Rider, London, 1938. [189p, bibl, footnotes. Forward by Leslie Shepard. Also published by University Books, New Hyde Park NY, 1965.]

Shweder, Richard A.  Review of Carol Zaleski’s Otherworld Journeys.  New York Times Book Review, June 14, 1987, pp. 3, 33.

Sibley, Mulford Q. Out-of-the-body cases. In his, Life After Death (pp. 46-58). Dillon Press, Minneapolis, 1975.

Sidgwick, E. Phantasms of the living. Proceedings of the Society for Psychical Research, No.23, pp. 23-429 (1923).

Sidgwick, H. On the evidence for clairvoyance. Proceedings of the Society for Psychical Research, 7:30-99 (1891).

Siegel, Ronald K.  Accounting for ‘afterlife’ experiences.  Psychyology Today, 15(1):64-75 (Jan, 1981). [Reprinted as Life after death in Science and the Paranormal (pp. 159-184), Charles Scribner’s Sons, New York, 1981.]

Siegel, R[onald] K. Hallucinations.  Scientific American, 237:132-140 (1977).

Siegel, Ronald K.  The psychology of life after death.  American Psychologist, 35:911-931 (Oct, 1980). [Reprinted in The Near-Death Experience:  Problems, Prospects, Perspectives (pp. 77-120). Charles C. Thomas, Springfield IL, 1984.]

Siegel, Ronald K. Fire in the brain: clinical tales of hallucination.  Dutton, New York, 1992.

Siegel, Ronald K., and Ada E. Hirschman.  Hashish near-death experiences.  Anabiosis, 4(1):69-86 (Spring, 1984).

Sigstedt, C. O. The Swedenborg epic. Bookman Assoc., New York, 1952.

Silva, Zuleika.  A multidimensional therapeutic experience, Journal of Conscientiology, vol 2, no. 6 (Oct, 1999), International Academy of Conscientiology, New York.  [author’s OBE]

Silvani, Anita.  The strange story of Ahrinziman.  Progressive Thinker, Chicago, 1908.

Silver, Ann-Louise Schlesinger.  Transformations in self-understanding after near-death experiences.  Contemporary Psychoanalysis, 22(3):346-356 (July, 1986).

Simak, Clifford D.  Time is the simplest thing.  Leisure Books, New York, 1971.  [Fiction.  Millions of light years from Earth, a telepathic explorer found his mind grasped and possessed by an alien.]

Di Simone, Giorgio.  Esperienze fuori del corpo (OBE): Un esperimento a sostegno della sopravvivenza. Mediterranee, Rome, 1984. [Italian]

Simpson, Michael A.  What is it like to die?  Chap 3 in his, The facts of death (pp. 28-54).  Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs NJ, 1979.

Simpson, Patti. Hello friend. Eckankar, 1981.

Sinnett, Alfred Percy. In the next world: Actual narratives of personal experiences by some who have passed on. Theosophical Publishing Society, London, 1914.

Slasher, Eddie. Explorations out of the body: A beginner's roadmap to the universe. Nova Science Publishers, Commack NY, 1997.

Slate, Joe H. Astral projection and psychic empowerment: techniques for mastering the out-of-body experience. Llewellyn Publications, St. Paul MN, 1998. [index]

Slate, Joe H. Out-of-body experiences: The missing link. In his, Psychic phenomena: New principles, techniques and applications (pp. 103-118). McFarland, Jefferson NC, 1988. [xii + 199p, illus, index, gloss, bibl]

Slawinski, Janusz.  Electromagnetic radiation and the afterlife.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 6(2):79-94 (1987).

Sleator, William. Rewind. Dutton Children's Books, New York, 1999. [Children's fiction. Not long after learning that he was adopted, eleven-year-old Peter is hit by a car and then given several chances to alter events that could lead to his death.]

Smed, Jouni A. Out-of-body experience: Frequently asked questions (FAQ). http://www.spiritweb.org/Spirit/obe-faq.html, 1994.

Smith, Angela Thompson. Remote perceptions: out-of-body experiences, remote viewing and other normal abilities. Hampton Roads, Charlottesville VA, 1998.

Smith, E. Lester.  Inner adventures:  thought, intuition and beyond. Quest Books, 1988.  [233p. Intuition, holism, dreaming, memory, brain rhythms, consciousness, OBEs]

Smith, Eleanor Touhey.  Psychic people:  an astonishing gallery of true stories.  Bantam, 1969.  [general psi]

Smith, Paula & Irwin, Harvey. Out-of-body experiences, needs and the experimental approach: A laboratory study. Parapsychology Review, 12(3):1-4 (May-Jun 1981).

See also: Ehrenwald, Jan. Letter to the editor. Parapsychology Review, 12(6):26-27 (Nov-Dec 1981).

Smith, Robert P.  The examination of labels—a beginning.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 9(4):205-210 (Summer, 1991).

Smith, Susy. The book of James. G. P. Putnam's Sons, New York 1974. [212p, bibl]

Smith, Susy. The enigma of out-of-body travel. Garrett/Helix, New York, 1965. [189p, bibl, index; review of OBE, case studies, research, hypotheses] [also published by Helix Press, New York, 1965; New American Library, New York, 1968; and by Signet, 1968.]

For reviews, see: Crookall, Robert. International Journal of Parapsychology, 8:472-477 (1966).

Tart, Charles T. Theta, No. 13, pp. 2-3 (Spring 1966).

Smith, Susy. Out-of-body experiences for the millions. Shelbourne Press, Los Angeles, 1968. [160 p.]

Smith, Warren.  Strange powers of the mind.  Ace Star, New York, 1968.  [192p]

Smythe, F.S.  Death.  In his, The spirit of the hills (pp. 258-275).  Hodder and Stoughton, London, 1935.

Snell, David.  How if feels to die.  Life, 62(21):38-47 (May 26, 1967).

Solow, Victor D.  I died at 10:52 A.M.  Readers Digest, 105(630):178-182 (Oct, 1974).

Some further thoughts on our late editor. The Month, (Feb 1913):110-128.

Somé, Malidoma Patrice. Of water and the spirit: Ritual , magic and initiation in the life of an African shaman. Penguin, New York, 1994.

Sommers, M.S. The near-death experience following multiple trauma. Crit Care Nurse (Apr, 1994).

The soul of the matter. The Economist, 328(7823):74 (Aug 7, 1993). [Charles McCreery of Oxford University uses relaxation and 'pink noise' to induce out-of-body experiences in people with schizotypic personalities. Unlike true schizophrenics, schizotypic people are easily pleased. McCreery found right brain activity increases during out of body experiences.]

Sparrow, G. Scott.  Lucid dreaming, dawning of the clear lights.  ARE Press (The Edgar Casey Foundation), Virginia Beach VA, 1987.

Spraggett, Allen. The evidence from out-of-the-body experiences and temporary death. In his, The case for immortality (pp. 60-93). New American Library, New York, 1974. [154p, index]

Spraggett, Allen. Space travel-outside the body. In his, The unexplained (pp. 179-190). [forward by Bishop James A. Pike] New American Library, New York, 1967. [xiii + 232p, bibl]

Sparrow, G. Scott. Lucid dreaming: Dawning of the clear lights. ARE Press, Virginia Beach, VA, 1987. [59p, illus, bibl[

Spence, Lewis. An encyclopaedia of occultism. London, 1920. [Also published by University Books, New York, 1960.]

Spencer, John.  The paranormal:  a modern perspective.  Hamlyn, London, 1992.  [160 p, illus.  Investigations of paranormal phenomena]

Spencer, Marlene.  Dissociation:  normal or abnormal?  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 14(3):145-158 (Spring, 1996).

Spiegelberg et al. The concept of the subtle body. Esalen Institute, Big Sur CA, 1964.

Spraggett, Allen. The evidence from out-of-the-body experiences and temporary death. In his, The case for immortality (pp. 60-93). New American Library, New York, 1974. [154p, index]

Springer, Rebecca Ruter. Intra muro; or within the walls:  a dream of heaven. David C Cook Publishing, Chicago, 1899.  [96p. Republished as My Dream of Heaven by FH Revel, Old Tappan NJ, 1979.  160p.]

Springer, Rebecca Ruter.  My Dream of Heaven.  FH Revel, Old Tappan NJ, 1979.  [160p.  Originally published as Intra muros; or within the walls:  a dream of heaven. David C Cook Publishing, Chicago, 1899.]

St. Clair, David. David St. Clair's lessons in instant ESP. Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs NJ, 1978. [198p, illus, index]

St Clair, Marisa.  Beyond the light:  files of near-death experiences.  Barnes & Noble, New York, 1997. [160p, illus]

St. Victor, O.  Secret Christians:  the teachings of the mystics.  c1990.  [137p.  Essays on wide range of historical Christian mysticism]

Stack, Rick. Out-of-body adventures: 30 days to the most exciting experience of your life. Contemporary books, Chicago IL, 1988. [149p, notes, bibl. Also published by Beaverbooks Ltd, Markham, Ontario]

Stack-O’Sullivan, Deborah Jean.  Personality correlates of near-death experiences.  PhD thesis at University of Connecticut, 1981. [vii, 95p]

Stanford, Rex G. Developmental correlates of out-of-body experiences (OBEs) in specific states of consciousness: a replication failure. Journal of Parapsychology, 58(2):197-199 (June 1994).

Stanford, Rex G. The out-of-body experience as an imaginal journey: The developmental perspective. Journal of Parapsychology, 51(2):137-156 (Jun 1987).

Stanford, Rex G. Review of D. Scott Rogo (Ed.), Mind beyond the body: The mystery of ESP projection. Journal of Parapsychology, 43:243-252 (1979).

Stanley, Jerry.  What it is like to die.  Fate, 39:89-94 (Dec, 1986).

Stead, W. T. Two doubles I have seen. Borderland, 3:24-36 (1896).

Steiger, Brad.  Aquarian revelations:  channeling higher intelligence. Inner Light, 1987.  [176p]

Steiger, Brad. Astral projection. Para Research; Rockport MA, 1982. [234p, index]

Steiger, Brad. In my soul I am free.

Steiger, Brad. Mastering the art of astral projection. [audio tape]

Steiger, Brad. The mind travellers. Award Books, New York, 1968. [186p.]

Steiger, Brad. Mind traveling on other planes of being. In his, The psychic feats of Olof Jonsson (pp. 99-104). Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs NJ, 1971. [Also published by Popular Library, New York, 1971.]

Steiger, Brad. One with the light. Penguin Group, New York, 1994.

Steiger, Brad.  Touched by heaven’s light:  inspiring personal glimpses into the afterlife. Signet, 1999.  [278p. Accounts of death survival:  NDEs, dreams, revelatory visons, meditations.]

Steiger, Brad. Unknown powers. Berkley Books, New York, 1981. [179p. Based on film by Don Como]

Steiger, Brad. Words from the source. Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs NJ, 1975. [168p, illus, index]

Steiger, Brad and John White (Eds). Other worlds, other universes: Playing the reality game. Doubleday, New York, 1975. [245p, bibl. Contributors: L. E. Navia, T. Leary, Nada-Yolanda, G. Massey, T. J. Constable, J. Vallee, B. Downing, D. Spangler, D. S. Rogo, Y. Ramacharaka, A. Ford, R. Steiner, I. Sanderson, O. Reiser, & W. Van Dusen.]

Steiger, Brad and Loring G. Williams.  Minds through space and time.  Award Books, Massachusetts, 1971.

Steinmeijer, J.H. Near death experience. J Nerv Ment Dis (Apr, 1996). [letter]

Steinfeld, Jake with Melissa Miller.  Body by Jake.  Simon and Schuster, 1984.

Sterner, Kay. Out-of-body experiences. In her, A psychic explores the unseen world: My personal and world-wide psychic accounts (pp. 154-161). California Parapsychology Foundation, Lemon Grove CA, 1984. [xxiii + 179p]

Stevens, E.W. The Watseka wonder. [a pamphlet] Religio-Philosophical Publishing House, Chicago, 1887.

Stevens, Petey, Opening up to your psychic self. Nevertheless, 1983.

Stevenson, Ian.  Comments on [Ronald Siegel,] The psychology of life after death, American Psychologist, 36(11):1459-1461 (Nov, 1981).

Stevenson, Ian.  Comments on Ernest A. Rodin, The reality of death experiences:  a personal perspective. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 168(5):271-272 (May, 1980).

Stevenson, Ian.  Near-death experiences.  In Ivor Grattan-Guiness [Ed.], Psychical research:  a guide to its history, principles & practices (pp. 109-111).  Aquarian Press, Wellingborough UK, 1982.

Stevenson, I[an]. Research into the evidence of man's survival after death: A historical and critical survey with a summary of recent developments. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 165:152-170 (1977).

Stevenson, Ian, and Bruce Greyson.  Near-death experiences:  relevance to the question of survival after death.  Journal of the American Medical Association, 242(3):265-267 (July 20, 1979).

Stevenson, Ian, et al.  Are persons reporting “near-death experiences” really near death? A study of the medical records.  Omega, 21(1):45-54 (1989).

Stewart, David.  Near-death experiences.  Chap 4 in Exploring the philosophy of religion, 2nd ed (pp. 344-346). Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs NJ, 1988.

Stewart, Louis.  Life forces:  a contemporary guide to the cult and occult.  Andrews and McMeel, Kansas City, 1980.

Stirnemann, Erich. Twenty adventures in the beyond. Galde Press, Lakeville Mn, 1996.

Stockton, Bayard. Catapult: The biography of Robert A. Monroe. Donning Co, Norfolk VA, 1989. [335p, refs, illus, bibl, index]

Stokes, Douglas M. Review of: Janet Lee Mitchell, Out-of-body experiences: A handbook. Parapsychology Review, 13(5):22-24 (Sep-Oct 1982).

Straight, Steve.  A wave among waves:  Katherine Anne Porter’s near-death experience.  Anabiosis, 4(2):107-123 (Fall, 1984).

Stratton, F.J.M.  Letter, An out-of-body experience combined with ESP.  Journal of the Society for Psychical Research, 39(692):92-97 (Jun 1957).

Streiber, Whitley.  Transformation.  William Morrow, New York, 1988.

Strommen, Merton P.  Review of George Gallup, Jr.’s Adventures in Immortality. Christian Century, 100:375 (April 20, 1983).

Strom-Paikin, Joyce.  Studying the NDE phenomenon.  American Journal of Nursing, 86(4):420-421 (1986).

Studer, Jack J. Astral Projection: Hypnosis album. Valley of the Sun, Scottsdale AZ, 1976. [cassettes]

Studer, Jack J. Treasures of the psychic realm. DeVorss, Marina del Rey CA, 1976. [46p.]

Stumpfe, Klaus Dietrich.  Psychosomatische Reaktionen bei dem Erlebnis der Todesnahe.  Ein Zustand der affektiven Dissoziation [Psychosomatic reactions of near-death experiences:  a state of affective dissociation].  Zietschrift für Psychosomatische Medizin und Psychoanalyse, 31(3):215-225 (1985).

Sullivan, Robert M.  Combat-related near-death experiences:  a preliminary investigation.  Anabiosis, 4(2):143-152 (Fall, 1984).

Sutherland, Cherie.  Reborn in the light.  Bantam Books, New York, 1992.

Sutherland, Cherie.  Transformed by the light: life after near-death experiences.  Bantam, New York, 1992.

Sutherland, Cherie.  Within the light.  Bantam Books, New York, 1993.

Sutherland, Cherie. Within the light. Bantam Books, New York, 1995.

Sutphen, Dick. Astral projection. Valley of the Sun, Malibu CA, 1980. [96-p. manual on self-hypnosis, two cassette tapes with guided imagery for OBE induction]

Sutphen, Dick. Astral projection and remote viewing. [video tape]

Sutphen, Dick. Astral projection hypnosis album. [audio tape]

Sutphen, Dick. The altered-state sound. [audio tape]

Sutphen, Tara. Astral project and remember. [audio tape]

Swann, Ingo. Interview. Psychic, Mar/Apr 1973, pp. 7 ff.

Swann, Ingo. Star fire. Dell/Eleanor Friede, New York, 1978. [314p, fiction]

Swann, Ingo. To kiss earth good-bye. Hawthorn Books, New York, 1975. [217p, ill, ref notes, bibl, index. Also published by Dell, New York, 1975.]

For review, see: Ehrenwald, Jan. Journal of Parapsychology, 39:347-350 (1975).

Swedenborg, Emanuel. Heaven and its wonders and hell. Citadel, New York, 1965.

Swedenborg, Emanuel. Journal of dreams. Swedenborg Foundation, New York, 1977.

Swenson, David, and Eileen Zygarlicke. The interfacers. 1998

Swerdlow, Stewart.  The healer's handbook:  a journey into hyperspace.  Sky Books, New York, 1999.  [147p]

Swihart, Phillip J.  The edge of death,  Intervarsity Press, Downer Grove IL, 1978. [96p]

 

T

 

Talamonti, Leo. Self-projection. In his, Forbidden universe: Mysteries of the psychic world (pp. 128-131). Stein and Day, New York, 1974. [230p, illus, bibl. Preface by William Mackenzie, translated by Paul Stevenson.]

Tanous, Alex. In search of strange phenomena. Corgi Books, London, 1977.

Tanous, Alex. Out-of-body experiences. New Horizons, 1(5):231-232 (Jan 1975).

Tanous, Alex with Ardman, Harvey. Beyond coincidence: One man's experiences with psychic phenomena. Doubleday, Garden City NY, 1976. [195p, autobiography]

Tansley, David V. Subtle body: Essence and shadow. Thames and Hudson, New York, 1977.

Targ, Russell & Harary, Keith. The mind race: Understanding and using psychic abilities. [forward by Willis Harmon, epilogue by Larissa Vilenskaya] Villard Books, New York, 1984. [294p, illus, index, bibl]

Targ, Russell & Puthoff, H. Mind reach: Scientists look at psychic abilities. Delacorte Press, New York, 1977.

Targ, Russell & Puthoff, H. Remote viewing of natural targets. In D.S.Rogo, Mind Beyond the Body: The Mystery of ESP Projection (pp. 218-227). Penguin, New York, 1978. [365p, ref notes, bibl.]

Tart, Charles T. [Ed.].  Body, mind, spirit:  exploring the parapsychology of spirituality.  Hampton Roads, Charlottesville VA, 1997.  [255p]

For review, see:  Gutiérrez, Alfredo, Journal of Conscientiology, vol 1, no. 4 (Apr, 1999), International Academy of Conscientiology, New York.

Tart, Charles T. An emergent-interactionist understanding of human consciousness. In B. Shapin & I. Coly (Eds.), Brain, Mind, and Parapsychology (pp. 177-200). Parapsychology Foundation, New York, 1979.

Tart, Charles T. A further psychophysiological study of out-of-the-body experiences in a gifted subject. Proceedings of the Parapsychological Association, No. 6:43-44 (1969). [summary]

Tart, Charles T. Lucid dreams and out-of-body experiences. The Open Mind, Vol 3, No 3, Winter 1986.

Tart, Charles T. Out-of-the-body experience. Big Sur Recordings, Big Sur CA, 1968. [sound recording]

Tart, Charles T. Out-of-the-body experiences. In Edgar D. Mitchell et al (John White, Ed.), Psychic Exploration: A Challenge for Science (pp. 349-373). G.P.Putnam's Sons, New York, 1974.

Tart, Charles T. Out-of-the-body experiences. In his, Psi: Scientific discoveries of the psychic realm (pp. 177-198). E. P. Dutton, New York, 1977. [241p, figs, ref notes, illus, index, bibl]

Tart, Charles T. Out-of-the-body experiences. In his, On Being Stoned: A Psychological Study of Marijuana Intoxication (pp. 103-106). Science and Behavior Books, Palo Alto CA, 1971.

Tart, Charles T. Paranormal theories about the out-of-body experience. In D. Scott Rogo (Ed.), Mind Beyond the Body: The Mystery of ESP Projection (pp. 338-345). Penguin, New York, 1978.

Tart, Charles T. A psychophysiological study of out-of-the-body experiences in a selected subject. Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, 62(1):3-27 (Jan 1968). [also in D. Scott Rogo (Ed.), Mind Beyond the Body: The Mystery of ESP Projection (pp. 134-153). Penguin, New York, 1978]

Tart, Charles T. Reviews of Celia Green, Lucid dreams and Out-of-body experiences. Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, 64(2):219-227 (1970).

Tart, Charles T. Review of Harvey Irwin, Flight of mind: a psychological study of the out-of-body experience. Journal of Parapsychology, 53(4):358-360 (Dec 1989).

Tart, Charles T. Review of Susy Smith, The enigma of out-of-body travel. Theta, No. 13, pp. 2-3 (Spring 1966).

Tart, Charles T. A second pyschophysiological study of out-of-the-body experiences in a gifted subject. International Journal of Parapsychology, 9(3):251-258 (1967). [also in D. Scott Rogo (Ed.), Mind beyond the body: The mystery of ESP projection. Penguin, New York, 1978]

Tart, Charles T. Some methodological problems in OOBE research: Comments on the symposium. In W. G. Roll, R. L. Morris, & J. D. Morris (Eds.), Research in Parapsychology 1973 (pp. 116-120). Scarecrow Press, Metuchen NJ, 1974.

Tart, Charles T. States of consciousness and state-specific sciences. Science, 176:1203-1210 (1972).

Taun, Laura.  Le voyage astral.  De Vecchi Poche, Paris, 1989. [207 p.  French]

Taves, Ann.  Fits,trances and visions:  experiencing religion and explaining experience from Wesley to James.  Princeton University Press, 1999.  [444p,index. Study of paranormal phenomena in religion:  Fits, trances, visions, speaking in tongues, possession, OBEs, animal magnetism, mesmerism; decline of Calvinist orthodoxy, expansion of Methodism. Author is professor of history of Christianity and American religion at Claremont Graduate Univ.]

Taylor, Albert. Soul traveler: A guide to out-of-body experiences and the wonders beyond. Verity Press, Covina CA, 1966. [137 p, gloss]

Taylor, Gordon Rattray.  The natural history of the mind.  Penguin Books, London, 1981.

Teich, Mark.  Near-death in a three-piece suit.  Omni, 87(9):89 (June, 1986).

Thaler, Stephen L.  The death dream and near-death Darwinism.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 15(1):25-40 (Fall, 1996).

The experience of dying.  Lancet, June 24, 1978, pp. 1347-1348.

The peace of near-death.  Human Behavior, 5(7) (July, 1976).

Theory of OBEs. Parapsychology Review, 15(2):16 (Mar/Apr 1984).

Tholey, P. Techniques for controlling and manipulating lucid dreams. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 57:79-90 (1983).

Thomas, Klaus.  Warum Angst for dem Sterbem? Erfahrungen and Antworten eines Arztes und Seelsorgers.  Freiburg, 1980.

Thomas, L. Eugene, et al.  Incidence of near-death and intense spiritual experiences in an intergenerational sample:  an interpretation  Omega, 13(1):35-41 (1982).

Thomas, Loren.  A meliorist view of disease and dying.  Journal of Medicine and Philosophy. 1(3):212-221 (Sep, 1976).

Thomas, Loren.  Death and dying.  Update:  A Quarterly Journal of New Religious Movements, 7(2):48-57 (June, 1983).

Thongthiu Suwannathat. Tai laeo pai nai. Kongthun Lok Thip, Kotho, 1988. [Thai]

Thornburg, Nina R.  Development of the near-death phenomena knowledge and attitudes questionnaire.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 6(4):223-230 (Summer, 1988).

Thouless, R. H. Do we survive bodily death? Proceedings of the Society for Psychical Research, 57(213):1-52 (Oct 1984).

Thurston, Herbert.  Memory of imminent death. The Month, 165:49-60 (Jan 1935).

Tiberi, Emilio.  Hedonic deactivation:  a new human value for an advanced society.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 15(1):55-70 (Fall, 1996).

Tien, Stephen Slade.  Thanatoperience.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 7(1):32-37 (Fall, 1988).

Tobacyk, Jerome J. & Mitchell, Thomas P. Out-of-body experience status as a moderator of effects of narcissism on paranormal beliefs. Psychological Reports, 60(2):440-442 (Apr 1987).

Tobacyk, Jerome J. & Mitchell, Thomas P. The out-of-body experience and personality adjustment. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 175(6):367-370 (1987).

Tobin, Patrick R. and Christine R. Doley. Petted by the light: the most profound and complete feline near-death experiences ever. Carol Pub Group, New York, 1995. [humor]

Toobert, Saul.  Do we 'live' after death?  Review of Raymond Moody's Life After Life.  Contemporary Psychology, 22(3):213-214 (March, 1977).

Top, Brent L.  Thought communication, speed of movement, and the spirit’s ability to absorb knowledge:  near-death experiences and early Mormon thought.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 15(3):203-216 (Spring, 1997).

Travis, Steve. From out of the blue: A spiritual adventure. Whitford Press, West Chester PA, 1990. [223 p, bibl]

Trebilcock, Edward O. No earthly reason. Regency Press, London, 1968. [157p, bibl.]

Tucker, Louis.  Clerical errors (pp. 221-225).  Harper & Row, New York, 1943.

Turvey, Vincent N. The beginnings of seership: Astral projection, clairvoyance and prophecy. Stead's Publishing House, London, 1909. [230p. Also published by University Books, New Hyde Park NY, 1969, introduction by Leslie Shepard.]

Tuttle, M.J. Near-death experience denied. CMAJ (May, 1992). [letter]

Twemlow, Stuart W. Clinical approaches to the out-of-body experience. Journal of Near-Death Studies, 8(1):29-43 (Fall, 1989). [26 refs]

Twemlow, Stuart W. Epilog: Personality profile. In Robert A. Monroe, Journeys Out of the Body (pp. 275-280). Doubleday, Garden City NY, editions after 1971. [also published by Souvenir Press, London and Anchor, New York, 1977]

Twemlow, Stuart W.  Review of Melvin Morse’s and Paul Perry’s Closer to the Light:  Learning from Children’s Near-Death Experiences.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 9(4):249-254 (Summer, 1991).

Twemlow, Stuart W. and Glen O. Gabbard.  The influence of demographic/psychological factors and preexisting conditions on the near-dearh experience.  Omega: The Journal of Death and Dying, 15(3):223-235 (1984-1985).

Twemlow, Stuart W. and Glen O. Gabbard. The OBE as an overdetermined state of consciousness. Unpublished paper, ca 1980.

Twemlow, Stuart W., Glen O. Gabbard, and F[owler] C. Jones.  The out-of-body experience: I. Phenomenology. Paper presented at the annual meeting of the American Psychiatric Association, San Francisco, 1980.

Twemlow, Stuart W. , Glen O. Gabbard, and F[owler] C. Jones.  The out-of-body experience: II. Phenomenology. Paper presented at the annual meeting of the American Psychiatric Association, San Francisco, 1980.

Twemlow, Stuart W. , Glen O. Gabbard, and F[owler] C. Jones.  The out-of-body experience: A phenomenological typology based on questionnaire responses. American Journal of Psychiatry, 139:450-455 (1982).

Twemlow, Stuart W., et al.  A multivariate method for the classification of preexisting near-death conditions.  Anabiosis, 2(2):132-139 (Dec, 1982).

Twitchell, Paul. Eck-Vidya. Illuminated Way Publishing, 1972.

Twitchell, Paul. Eckankar: The key to secret worlds. Illuminated Way Publishing, Golden Valley MN, 1969. [249 p. glossary, index,

Twitchell, Paul.  Eckankar Dictionary.  Illuminated Way Press, Menlo Park, CA, 1978.  [160p]

Twitchell, Paul. The far country. Illuminated Way Publishing, Menlo Park CA, 1970.

Twitchell, Paul.  The flute of God.  Illuminated Way Press, San Diego, c 1970. [184p, index., portrait]

Twitchell, Paul. The Shariyat-Ki-Sugmad. Illuminated Way Publishing, Las Vegas NV, ca 1970.

Twichell, Paul. The tiger's fang. Illuminated Way Publishing, Crystal MN, 1967. [179p.]

Twichell, Paul. The way of dharma. Illuminated Way Publishing, 1970.

Tyrrell, G.N.M.  Agency of apparitions.  In his, Apparitions (pp. 129-154).   Geral Duckworth & Co, London, 1953.

 

U

 

'Ubayd, Ra'uf Sadiq. Zawahir al-khuruj min al-rasad, adillatuha, dalalatuha. 1974. [212p, Arabic]

Uekskuell, K. Unbelievable for many, but actually a true occurrence. Orthodox Life, 24(4):1-36 (Jul-Aug, 1976).

Uphoff, Walter & Uphoff, Mary Jo. New psychic frontiers: Your key to new worlds. Colin Smythe, Gerrards Cross UK, 1975. [xvii, 278p, illus, bibl, index. Forward by Harold Sherman.]

 

V

 

Vadis, John. Adventures in consciousness: What happens when a man increases his conscious perception beyond normal limits. Vantage Press, New York, 1953. [v + 92p.]

Vaisrub, Samuel.  Afterthoughts on afterlife.  Archives of Internal Medicine, 137(2):150 (Feb, 1977).

Valarino, Evelyn Elsaesser.  On the other side of life:  exploring the phenomenon of the near-death experience.  Plenum Press, New York, 1997.

Valiente, Doreen. ABC of witchcraft past and present. St. Martin's Press, New York, 1973.

Van Dam, Vee A.K. The Psychic Explorer. Skoob Books, London, 1986. [368 pp]

Van Eeden, F. A study of dreams. Proceedings of the Society for Psychical Research, 26:431-461 (1913).

van Oostrum, Edgar. Astral projection 101. http://www.lava.net/~goodin/articles/vanoos1.html, 1995.

Van Over, Raymond. Traveling clairvoyance. In his, ESP and the clairvoyants (pp. 27-31). Award Books, New York, 1970. [151p.]

Van Pelt, Donna.  The knowing.  The Heart of Wholeness, Sedona AZ, 1996.  [Index.  Author's enlightenment experience]

Van Praagh, J.  Reaching to heaven:  a spiritual journey through life and death.  Dutton, 1999. [191p]

Vassallo, Gianpiero.  Viaggio astrale.  Edizioni Horus, Turin, 1992.  [Italian]

Vavrek, Donna. A report on recent OBE research. Vital Signs, 1(4):9-10 (1982).

Verpeaux, Pierre. Hypnosis, telepathy and OBEs.Revue Francaise de Psychotronique, 1(1):27 (Apr-Jun 1988). [experimental work]

de Vesme, C. Review of Dei Fenomeni di "Bilocazione" by F. Bozzano. Revue Métapsychique, No. 3, 193-194 (1934). [French]

de Vesme, C. Chronique: A propos de "bilocation". Revue Métapsychique, No. 4, 274-275 (1934). [French

Vicchio, Stephen J.  Against raising hope of raising the dead:  contra Moody and Kübler-Ross.  Essence, 3(2):51-67, 1979.

Vicchio, Stephen J.  Moody, suicide and survival:  a critical appraisal. Essence, 4(2):69-77 (1980).

Vicchio, Stephen J. Near-death experiences:  a critical review of the literature and some questions for further study. Essence, 5(1):77-89, 1981.

Vicchio, Stephen J. Near-death experiences:  some logical problems and questions for further study.  Anabiosis, 1(1):66-87 (July, 1981).

Vieira, Waldo. 700 Experimentos da Conscienciologia [700 Conscientiology Experiments]. Instituto Internacional de Projeciologia e Conscienciologia, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, 1994. [1,058 p. refs, bibl, Portuguese]

Vieira, Waldo. O que é a conscienciologia? [What is Conscientiology?]. Instituto Internacional de Projeciologia e Conscienciologia, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, 1994. [180 p. Portuguese]

Vieira, Waldo. PENTA Manual: Personal energetic task. Instituto Internacional de Projeciologia e Conscienciologia, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, 1995. [142 pp. Also available in Portuguese as Manual da TENEPES and in Spanish as Manual de la TENEPES]

Vieira, Waldo.  Projectiology:  an overview of experiences of consciousness outside the human body.  International Institute of Projectiology and Conscientiology, Rio de Janeiro, 2002.  [1,232p, bibl, illus. name index, place index, subject index. Overview, theory, case histories.]

Vieira, Waldo. Projeciologia: Panorama das experiências da consciência fora do corpo humano. [Projectiology: An overview of experiences of consciousness outside the human body], 3rd edition. Instituto Internacional de Projeciologia e Conscienciologia, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, 1991. [866 pp. refs, illus, name index, place index, subj index, bibl. Portuguese with English summaries. Overview, case histories.]

Vieira, Waldo. Projections of the consciousness: A diary of out-of-body experiences. Instituto Internacional de Projeciologia e Conscienciologia, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, 1995. [240 pp. Also available in Portuguese as Projeções da consciência: Diário de experiências fora do corpo físico and Spanish as Projectiones de la consciencia]

Vincent, Ken R.  Letter:  Concerns about Ring and Rosing’s Omega Project.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 9(4):259-261 (Summer, 1991).

Vincent, Ken R. Visions of God: from the near-death experience. Published for the Paul Brunton Philosophic Foundation by Larson Publications, Burdett NY, 1994.

Vitebsky, Piers.  The shaman.  Little, Brown; New York, 1995.

Vojtechovsky, M.  Intrapsychicke fenomeny hranicnich stavu mezi zivotem a smrti [Intrapsychic phenomena of borderline states between life and death]. Ceskoslovenska Psychiatrie, 76(2):102-107 (1980).

Vyvyan, John. Psi-projection. In his, A case against Jones: A study of psychical phenomena (pp. 51-61). James Clarke, London, 1966. [220p, bibl, index. OBE pp. 21-26; 51-61]

 

W

 

Waelti, Ernst R. Der dritte Kreis des Wissens: Ausserkorperliche Erfahrungen, eine Mystik der Naturwissenschaft. Ansata-Verlag, Interlaken, Schweiz, 1983. [German]

Wake, Wilma. Beyond the body. Dorchester Publishing, New York, 1979.

Walker, Barbara Ann.  Assessing knowledge and attitudes of selected Illinois registered psychologists on near-death phenomena:  implications for health education.  PhD thesis, Southern Illinois University at Carbondale, 1987. [182p]

Walker, Barbara A[nn].  Health care professionals and the near-death experience.  Death Studies, 13(1):63-71 (1989).

Walker, Barbara A[nn] and William J. Serdahely.  Historical perspectives on near-death phenomena.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 9(2):105-122 (Winter, 1990).

Walker, Barbara A[nn], William J. Serdahely, and Lori Bechtel.  Three near-death experiences with premonitions of what could have been.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 9(3):189-196 (Spring, 1991).

Walker, Benjamin. Beyond the body: The human double and the astral planes. Routledge & Kegan Paul, Boston, 1974. [224p, ref notes, index] [also published by Routledge & Kegan Paul, London, 1974]

For review, see: Palmer, John. Theta, 5(3):10-11 (1977).

Walker, Francis O.  A nowhere near-death experience:  heavenly choirs interrupt myelography.  Letter in Journal of the American Medical Association, 261(22):3245-3246 (June 9, 1989).

Walker, D. P. The astral body in renaissance medicine. Journal of the Warburg and Courtauld Institute, 21:119ff (1958).

Wallace, A. Astral travelling from New Zealand resulting in telekinetic phenomena in London. Reason Quarterly, 22(1):43-46 (1925).

Wallace, Amy & Henkin, Bill. The psychic healing book. Delacorte Press, New York, 1978. [xiv + 205p, bibl. Also Wingbox Press, Berkeley CA]

Wallis, Claudia.  Go gentle into that good night. Time, 119(6):79 (Feb 8, 1982).

Walton, Douglas.  Review of Michael Sabom’s Recollections of Death.  Queen’s Quarterly, 90(1):248-249 (Spring, 1983).

Ward, Arthur Sarsfield (pseudonym: Sax Rohmer). Astral voyages. Pall Mall Gazette, September, 1935.

Warner, David. TVOS (David Warner's) astral-projection journal. http://www.spiritweb.org/Spirit/tvos-astral.html, 1993.

Warreby, Glenn Van.  Near-death predictions. Omni, 5(3):164 (Dec, 1982).

Warren, Rita & Wallis, David. Explorer project. The Monroe Institute, Faber VA, nd. [summary of The Monroe Institute's Explorer and Gifted and Talented Subjects Programs]

Watters, R. A. Sleep. Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, 29:101-140 (1935).

Watkins, J.F. On the point of going.  Review of Michael Sabom’s Recollections of death.  Times Literary Supplement, 4121:360 (Mar 26, 1982).

Watson, Lyall. Beyond supernature: A new natural history of the supernatural. Bantam Books, New York, 1987. [296p, index, ref notes, bibl]

Watson, Lyall. Dissociation between body and mind. In his, The Romeo error: A matter of life and death (pp. 137-156). Anchor Press/Doubleday, Garden City NY, 1974. [xi+275p, bibl, index]

Way of the eternal. Eckankar, 1992.

Weatherhead, Leslie.  Is death a calamity?  In, Why do men suffer? (pp. 208-224).  Abindgon, New York, 1936.

Webb, James. The flight from reason: Volume 1 of the age of the irrational. Macdonald, London, 1971. [xiv + 305p, illus, index, bibl, notes]

Webb, Richard. Voices from another world: True tales of the occult. Manor Books, New York, 1971. [278p. Original title: "Great Ghosts of the West"]

Webster, Richard. Astral travel for beginners: transcend time and space with out-of-body experiences. Llewellyn Publications, St. Paul MN, 1998. [bibl, index]

Weed, Joseph J. Wisdom of the mystic masters. Parker Publishing Co, West Nyack NY, 1968. [xii, 208p.]

Weibust, Patricia s.  “Being one with God is something that can be done without rules”:  commentary on Allan Kellehear’s “Near-death experiences and the pursuit of the ideal society.”  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 10(2):107-112 (Winter, 1991).

Weinstein, E., Kahn, R., Malitz, S., & Rozanski, J. Delusional reduplication of parts of the body. Brain, 77:45-59 (1954).

Weiss, Jess E. Overcoming the fear of death and dying : a sense of life that knows no death. Brookville Books, Old Brookville NY, 1991. [113p]

Weiss, Jess E. The Vestibule. Ashley Books, Port Washington NY, 1972. [153p. Also published by Pocket Books, New York, 1997. illus.]

Weldon, John, and Zola Levitt.  Is there life after death?  Harvest House, Irvine CA, 1977.  [148 p]

Wendell, Leilah. The book of Azreal: An intimate encounter with the angel of death. Westgate Press, New York, 1988. [xii + 208p, bibl]

Wenestam, Claes-Goran. Qualitative age-related difference in the meaning of the word “death” to children.  Death Education, 8(5-6):333-347 (1984).

Wereide, Thorstein. Norway's human doubles. Tomorrow, 3(2):23-29 (1955).

Wesselman, Hank. Spiritwalker: Messages from the future. Bantam, New York, 1995. [383p, notes. Shamanism]

West, Sylvester A. On leaving the body. 1901.

Westcott, G. Images of the truth. Harper & Row, New York, 1939. [fiction]

Wheatley, James M.O. Reincarnation, "astral bodies", and "psi-components". Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, 73:109-122 (1979).

Wheeler, David R. Journey to the other side. Grosset & Dunlap, New York, 1976.

White, John. Out-of-body experience: The ecstasy of astral projection. In his, A practical gude to death & dying (pp. 124-134). Theosophical Publishing House, Wheaton IL, 1980. [xiii + 169p, illus, footnotes]

White, John W.  Letter:  Near-death experiences and the pursuit of the ideal society.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 10(3):183-185 (Spring, 1992).

White, Patti R.  The anatomy of a transformation:  an analysis of the psychological structure of four near-death experiences.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 15(3):163-186 (Spring, 1997).

White, Rhea A. & Laura A. Dale.  Parapsychology: sources of information.  The Scarecrow Press, Metuchen NJ, 1973.

White, Stewart Edward and Harwood White.  Across the unknown:  exploration and high adventure on the frontiers of consciousness.  EP Dutton, New York, 1969.

Whiteman, J[oseph] H[ilary] M[ichael]. Evidence of survival from "other-world" experiences. Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, 59:160-166 (1965).

Whiteman, J[oseph] H[ilary] M[ichael]. Out-of-body explorations. Theta, No. 4, p. 3 (Jan 1964).

Whiteman, J[oseph] H[ilary] M[ichael].  The mystical life : an outline of its nature and teachings from the evidence of direct experience.  Faber and Faber, London, 1961.  [xx, 250p, author index; subject index.  OBEs of South African professor of mathematics with the sense of being a woman in a male body.  Other case histories, vision of archetypal light, mental states, creation by “The Source,” mysticism, divine marriage, cosmology, rebirth]

Whiteman, J[oseph] H[ilary] M[ichael].  Non-physical states of conscious life, Journal of Conscientiology, vol 4, no. 13 (July, 2001), International Academy of Conscientiology, New York.  [Evaluation of quality of knowing from non-physical states, description of types of separation from the physical body including dissociation]

Whiteman, J[oseph] H[ilary] M[ichael]. The process of separation and return during experiences fully 'out-of-the body'. Proceedings of the Society for Psychical Research, 50(185):240-274 (May 1956). [Also in D. Scott Rogo (Ed.), Mind Beyond the Body: The Mystery of ESP Projection (pp. 270-306). Penguin, New York, 1978. Reprinted with slight variations in his, The mystical life (pp. 45-82), Faber & Faber, London, 1961]

Whiteman, J[oseph] H[ilary] M[ichael]. The scientific evaluation of out-of-the-body experiences. In John C. Poynton (Ed.), Parapsychology in South Africa (pp. 95-108). South African Society for Psychical Research, Johannesburg, 1975.

Whiteman, J[oseph] H[ilary] M[ichael]. Whiteman replies to Chari, Parapsychological Journal of South Africa, 4(2):144-149 (Dec 1983).

Whiteman, Michael. Philosophy of space and time. George Allen & Unwin, New York, 1967.

Whitfield, Barbara Harris. Final passage: sharing the journey as this life ends. Health Communications, Deerfield Beach FL, 1998. [202p]

Whitfield, Barbara Harris. Spiritual awakenings: insights of the near-death experience and other doorways to our soul. Health Communications, Deerfield Beach FL, 1995.

Whitford, Marc. Walk on the face of God. http://www.spiritweb.org/Spirit/obe-mars-face.html, 1995.

Whitlock, F. A. The psychiatry and psychopathology of paranormal phenomena. Australian and New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry, 12:11-19 (1978).

Widdison, Harold A. Near-death experiences and the unscientific scientist.  In A collection of near-death research readings (pp. 3-17). Nelson-Hall, Chicago, 1982.

Wiedman, K.D. & Haraldsson, E. Some results concerning reported OBEs in Iceland. Unpublished manuscript, University of Iceland, Reykjavik,1980.

Wieman, Arend.  Gable Clark [sic.]. Vantage Press, New York, 1975.  [fiction.  12 year-old Gable Clark has a dream that leads him to his grandfather's diary, which contains a map of a great swamp. Gable enters the swamp and comes upon a beautiful meadow where he meets…]

Wiener, David.  Letter:  measuring biomagnetic effects of NDEs.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 15(1):71-75 (Fall, 1996).

Wierenga, Edward. Proving survival?  Review of Raymond Moody's Life after life and Reflections on life after life.  The Reformed Journal, 28:26-29 (Sept, 1978).

Wiesenhutter, Eckhard.  Blick nach drüben:  Selbsterfahrugen im Sterben. Furche, Hamburg, 1974.

Wiggin, Eric.  A glimpse of eternity?  Moody Monthly, Oct, 1977, pp. 37-38.

Wilde, Stuart.  Sixth sense:  including the secrets of the etheric subtle body.  Hay House, Carlsbad CA, 2000.

Wilkerson, Ralph.  Beyond and back:  those who died and lived to tell about it.  Melodyland Productions, Anaheim CA, 1977.  [275 p.  Also published by Bantam Books, New York, 1977 (237p).]

Williams, B. Near-death experience denied. CMAJ (Feb, 1993). [letter; comment]

Williams, G. Out-of-body, in search of the soul. In his, A Life Beyond Death (pp. 29-48). Robert Hale, London, 1989.

Williams, Wayne. Review of: Francesca Fremantle and Chogyam Trungpa, The tibetan book of the dead: The great liberation through hearing in the Bardo. Theta, 6(2-3):37-38 (1978).

Willson, Terrill. How I learned soul travel. Illuminated Way Publishing, Crystal MN, 1987. [176p.]

Wilson, Ian. The after death experience. William Morrow, New York, 1987. [xiv + 234 p, notes, bibl, index. OBE, NDE, spiritualism.  Also published by Sidgwick & Jackson, London, 1987.  (227p)]

Wilson, Ian.  After death experience:  the psysics of the non-physical.  William Morrow, New York, 1987.  [282p, illus.  Also published by Corgi, UK, 1990.]

Wilson, Ian. A look at lucid dreaming and out of body experiences. http://www.spiritweb.org/Spirit/obe-wilson.html, 1994.

Wilson, Colin. Strange powers. Random House, New York, 1973. [146p, illus, bibl.]

Wilson, Colin and Christopher Evans.  World famous strange but true:  the world's strangest mysteries in one volume.  Parragon, Bristol UK, 1995.

Wilson, S., & T. Barber. The fantasy-prone personality: Implications for understanding imagery, hypnosis and parapsychological phenomena. In A. A. Sheikh (Ed.), Imagery: Current Theory, Research and Application. John Wiley, New York, 1982.

Wiltse, A.S. A case of typhoid fever with subnormal temperature and pulse.  St. Louis Medical and Surgical Journal, 57:355-364 (1889). [reprinted in Proceedings of the Society for Psychical Research, 8:170-181 (1892).]

Woefel, James W.  Life after death:  faith or knowledge?  Letter in Christian Century, 93(23):632-633 (Jul 7-14, 1976).

Wolf, Fred Alan. The dreaming universe: A mind-expanding journey into the realm where psyche and physics meet. Simon & Schuster, New York, 1994. [413p, notes, bibl, index.  OBEs, NDEs, lucid dreaming, telepathy, how dreams link us together]

Wolman, Benjamin B.  Handbook of parapsychology.  McFarland, Jefferson NC, 1986.

Wooffitt, R. & Blackmore, Susan J. Out-of-body experiences in young children. Journal of the Society for Psychical Research, 56 (1990).

Woodhouse, Mark B.  Five arguments regarding the objectivity of NDE’s.  Anabiosis, 3(1):63-75 (June, 1983).

Woodhouse, Mark B.  Near-death experiences and the mind-body problem  Anabiosis, 1(1):57-65 (July, 1981).

Woodward, Kenneth L.  Life after death?  Newsweek, 88:41 (Jul 12, 1976).

Woodward, Kenneth L.  There is life after death.. McCall's, 103:97,134,136-139 (Aug, 1976). [views of Elisabeth Kübler-Ross]

Woodward, Kenneth L. and Rachel Mark.  Life after life.  Newsweek, 91(18):63 (May 1, 1978).

Wren-Lewis, John.  The darkness of God:  a personal report on consciousness transformation through an encounter with death.  Journal of Humanistic Psychology, 28(2):105-122 (Spring, 1988).

Wren-Lewis, John.  Dream lucidity and the near-death experience.  Lucidity Letter, 4(2);4-12 (1985).

Wren-Lewis, John.  Joy without a cause:  an anticipation of modern “near-death experience” research in G.K. Chesterton’s novel The Ball and the Cross.  The Chesterton Review, 12(1):49-61, 1986.

Wren-Lewis, John.  Letter:  More on NDEs and satisfaction with life.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 14(4):291-292 (Summer, 1996).

Wren-Lewis, John.  The darkness of God:  an account of lasting mystical consciousness resulting from an NDE.  Anabiosis, 5(2):53-66 (1987).

Wright, Alfred Askin. Spiritual science: The universal religion. A. A. Wright, New York, 1917. [x, 149p.]

Wright, Machaelle Small. Dancing in the shadows of the moon. Perelandra, Jeffersonton VA, 1995. [552 p]

Wright, Rusty.  The other side of life:  what will happen when you die.  Here's Life Publishers, San Bernadino CA, 1979.  [145p]

 

Y

 

Yamamura, H. [Implication of near-death experience for the elderly in terminal care] Nippon Ronen Igakkai Zasshi (Feb, 1998). [Japanese]

Yensen, Richard.  Helping at the edges of life:  perspectives of a psychedelic therapist.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 6(3):149-161 (Spring, 1988).

Yeterian, Dixie. Casebook of a psychic detective. Stein and Day, New York, 1982. [197p, index. Criminology]

You are two. (ca 1967)

Young, Frank Randolph. Cyclomancy: The secret of psychic control. Parker, 1966.

Young, S.H. Psychic children. Doubleday, New York, 1977.

Youngdale, Susan and David Wiener.  Letter:  frightening near-death experiences.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 15(2):149-150 (Winter, 1996).

Yount, David. Ten thoughts to take into eternity: living wisely in light of the afterlife. Simon & Schuster, New York, 1999. [191p]

Yram (pseudonym of Marcel Lewis Forhan). Le medecin de l'äame. ca 1935. [French. Translated in English as Practical astral projection. Rider, London, 1935. 253p. Also published in English by Samuel Weiser, New York, ca 1965. Personal experiences]

Yram (pseudonym of Marcel Lewis Forhan). Practical astral projection. Rider, London, 1935. [253p. Translation of Le medecin de l'äame. Also published by Samuel Weiser, New York, 1965. personal experiences]

 

Z

 

Zacharuk, Anton. God, soul and the universe in the context of parapsychology. The Zacharuk Association, Arllington Heights IL, 1990. [xi + 142p, bibl]

van der Zeeuw, Gijsbert. Miracles or law: Vol I, The man in the yellow robe; lessons by and experiences with the masters of mystery. Exposition Press, Hicksville NY, 1977. [253p]

Zaleski, Carol G.  Evaluating near-death testimony:  a challenge for theology.  Anabiosis, 5(2):17-52 (1987).  [extract from Otherworld Journeys.]

Zaleski, Carol.  Letter about Kellehear’s near-death experiences and the pursuit of the ideal society.  Journal of Near-Death Studies, 10(3): (Spring, 1992).

Zaleski, Carol [Goldsmith].  Otherworld journeys:  accounts of near-death experience in medieval and modern times. Oxford University Press, New York, 1987. [ix, 275p, appendix, notes, bibl, index.  Revision of Otherworld journeys: a comparative study of medieval Christian and contemporary accounts of near-death experience.  PhD thesis, Harvard University, 1984, 2 vol, 551p]

For reviews, see:  Clapp, Rodney.  Rumors of heaven:  a new book fuels our perennial interest in life after death.  Christianity Today, 32(14):16-21 (Oct, 1988).

Ellwood, Robert.  Parabola, 12(2):107-109, 111 (May, 1987).

Gabbard, Glen O.  Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 176(4):252-253 (April, 1988).

Gross, John.  New York Times, April 7, 1987, p C20.

Guirlanda, Paul.  Cross Currents, 38:248-250 (Summer, 1988).

Heaney, John.  Horizons, 15:204-205 (Spring, 1988).

Hillar, Marian.  Humanist, 48:42-43 (May-June, 1988).

Kirkpatrick, La.  Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion.  26(4):566-567 (1987).

Loder, James E.  Theology Today, 44(4):525-529 (1988).

Shweder, Richard A.  New York Times Book Review, June 14, 1987, pp. 3, 33.

Zaleski, Carol.  The life of the world to come:  near-death experience and Christian hope [Albert Cardinal Meyer Lectures]. Oxford University Press, New York, 1996. [ix, 98p, illus]

Zaleski, Carol and Philip Zaleski [Eds.]. The book of heaven:  an anthology of writings from ancient to modern times.  Oxford University Press, New York, 2000.

Zurfluh, Werner. Quellen der Nacht. Ansata, Interlaken, Schweiz, 1983, 3. Auflage 1997.

Zusne, L. & Jones, W. H. Autoscopic hallucination. In their, Anomalistic psychology (pp. 135-143). Lawrence Erlbaum, Hillsdale NJ, 1982.

Zwang, Moshé. The ultimate prophecy: the initiation. Ultimate Mind Publisher, Los Angeles, 1996.

 

A   B   C   D   E   F   G   H   I   J   K   L   M   N   O   P   Q   R   S   T   U   V   W   Y   Z

 

 

Go to the introduction of these bibliographies.